Quarterlytics / Technology / Semiconductors / Inphi Corporation

Inphi Corporation

iphi · NYSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker iphi
Exchange NYSE
Sector Technology
Industry Semiconductors
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · Inphi Corporation
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
®

®

We Move Big Data Faster

®

April 26, 2016 

Dear Inphi Stockholders: 

I am pleased to report that we continued our string of accomplishments at Inphi in 2015.  We further strengthened our 
relationships with our loyal customers, added important new customers to our list, strategically expanded our product line, 
grew our team and exceeded our financial targets.  Once again, we achieved the highest revenue and operating margin in our 
history. We continue to be confident that, given the large and growing opportunities in front of us, we are just getting started. 
These opportunities include ongoing exponential growth in the volume and importance of data, continued ramping of smart 
devices, continued waves of enterprises shifting infrastructure, storage and critical applications to the cloud, and the continued 
evolution of the worldwide cellular infrastructure.  All these trends are driving the need for speed within and between data 
centers and across long distances and served as tailwinds that accelerated Inphi’s business growth in 2015.  
We expect similar trends in the years ahead. 

Strong Financial Results  
In 2015, we achieved 54% revenue 
growth and 68% EPS growth over 
2014.  While this was due in part to the 
October 2014 Cortina acquisition, we 
still delivered nearly 50% organic year 
over year growth in our core 
communications business including 
Amplifiers, Drivers as well as 10, 40 
and 100G physical interface products 
serving the service provider and data 
center interconnect markets.  In our 
memory interconnects business, we 
regained market share in 2015, doubling 
our quarterly revenue from the first half 
to the second half of the year.  We 
expect continued growth in our DDR4 
products looking forward.  In Q4 we 
achieved 21.8% in non-GAAP 
operating profit, an exceptional gross 
margin of 71.4% and a record 29% free 
cash flow as a percent of revenue.   We 
also took advantage of low interest rates 
and issued more than $200M in 
convertible debt, enhancing our 
strategic flexibility.  These results were 
driven by the continued growth of our 
customer base in both the service 
provider and data center markets.  
While we delivered solid results in 
2015, the design win funnel and orders 
continue to grow at a rapid pace.  Our 
module and system OEM customers are 
gearing up for strong business in 
reliable high-speed data delivery 
between and within data centers for the 
years to come. 

An Award Winning Year 
For some time, we have been confident 
that Inphi has the right team, to deliver 
the right products, at the right time for 
both cloud and telecom service 
providers.  Our confidence was 
validated in 2015 by five important 
awards from our customers: 
Specifically, Cisco, FiberHome, 
Huawei HiSilicon, NeoPhotonics and 
Sumitomo Electric.  The good news 
continued early in 2016, as we received 
an important award from Samsung 
Electronics.  These awards were across 
our optical, networking, memory and 
transport segments, and from across the 
globe.  Our customers recognized Inphi 
for excellence in technology, quality, 
delivery, performance, and for our 
success and value as a long-term 
partner.  We believe these accolades 
provide more evidence that our 
investments in growth and innovation 
are paying off for our customers and 
stockholders. 

The Planes, Trains and Trucks are on 
Time and on Track 

Solid Growth between Data Centers 
You will recall that we have often used 
the analogy of overnight delivery via 
planes, trains and trucks to describe our 
product lines.  

Starting with planes, or long distance 
travel, our optical interconnects are 
accelerating the movement of data over 
the long distances between data centers. 
We have three drivers of growth for 
these lines.  First, our new metro 
products are growing in both system 
OEM line cards and module 
applications.  Second, our linear 
amplifiers and drivers continue to take 
share.  Specifically, customers are 
enthusiastically embracing our multi-
100 Gigabit linear drivers.  Our linear 
driver revenue more than doubled in 
2015, much faster than the 50% unit 
growth forecast for the market in 2015. 
Third, we also saw progress in the ramp 
of our new 45Gbaud products, from 
which we look for solid contributions in 
2016.  Finally, in 2015, we delivered 
the foundation for ColorZTM, our 
fundamental DWDM technology to 
realize the vision of  
“The Cloud is the NetworkTM.”  

If we use the analogy of a Boeing 747 
or Airbus 380 for our long-haul 
offerings, and regional jets for our 
metro offerings, then, ColorZ can be 
compared to a fleet of drones that is 
delivering a large amount of packages, 
across 80km distances, in a cost-
efficient way, using many parallel links.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New Growth within Data Centers  
Moving to our trains, or inside the data 
centers, our networking interconnects 
also thrived in 2015. We are pleased to 
report that our customers are 
transitioning to the faster 100 Gigabit 
speeds and the corresponding ramp of 
our 100 Gigabit NRZ Clock Data 
Recovery and Gearbox solutions. Based 
on our conversations at year-end, we 
continue to believe that PAM will 
become the standard for 40, 50, 100, 
200, and 400G Gigabit for copper, 
multi-mode fiber, and single-mode fiber 
interconnects in the years to come.  As 
data centers continue on their growth 
trajectories, and physical layer speeds 
accelerate from 1 Gbps speeds to 10, 40 
and 100 Gbps speeds and beyond, we 
believe Inphi will continue to provide 
leading-performance and differentiated 
solutions for our customers.  

Regaining Share in Memory 
Last year we told you of our intent to 
regain market share with our trucks, our 
memory interconnects.  We are proud 
of the progress we made in 2015 on that 
commitment. We began the year with 
two memory module customers for the 
Intel Haswell server processor and our 
business only improved from that 
strong start. Not only did we regain 
share, but also	from that healthy 

beginning, we doubled our quarterly 
revenue from our memory products 
between the first half to the second half 
of the year.  We are far from finished. 
Specifically, we plan to gain more 
register share in 2016 and make strides 
in the buffer business by 2017. 

New Product Introductions  
Kicking Off a Promising 2016  
We continue to work closely with our 
customers to rethink and design for the 
data center of tomorrow. As the 
emergence of cloud-based services 
dramatically increases the need for 
multi-terabit per second optical 
interconnects, we are focusing our 
efforts on providing innovative 
solutions that reduce latency, speed the 
movement of data over longer 
distances, and support the 
disaggregation of memory and storage.    

The recent debut of ColorZ, our 100G 
DWDM solution, is an industry first.  
By using silicon photonics and 
advanced PAM4 signaling, it delivers 
up to 4Tb/s of bandwidth over a single 
fiber and up to 100Tb/s between data 
centers.  These “drones” efficiently 
connect multiple data centers within an 
80-kilometer range, allowing them to 
act as a single data center. 

In last year’s letter, I expressed 
confidence in the roadmap for our 
optical, networking and memory 
interconnect lines. I have that same 
optimism for this year’s product 
launches and for the launches in the 
years ahead. We are designing and 
providing leading-edge optical, 
networking and memory interconnects, 
the fundamental building blocks for the 
data movement for tomorrow’s cloud.  

We are off to a very fast start. Already 
this year, we crossed the 1 million 
shipments mark for our 100G coherent 
TIA and linear driver ICs, introduced 
our 45Gbaud long-haul and metro 
coherent amplifier and linear driver 
families, announced availability of our 
second generation, low power PAM4 
chipsets for inter- and intra-data center 
cloud interconnects and introduced the 
world’s lowest power CDR re-timer for 
module applications.  

Committed to Strong Stockholder 
Returns 
Our financial results again exceeded 
industry averages for growth in 
revenue, gross margin, operating 
margin and EPS. 2015 was a strong 
year in both operations and financials.  
This solid performance leads to our 
optimism for the road ahead as we look 
to grow and deliver strong financial 
results and increasing value to our 
stockholders in 2016 and beyond.  

Non-GAAP 

Revenue ($M) 
Gross Margin 
Operating Margin 
EPS 
Free Cash Flow ($M) 

2013 
FY 
$103 
64.9% 
4.7% 
$0.12 
$2.1 

2014 
FY 
$160 
66.0% 
15.1% 
$0.62 
($12.8) 

2015 

Q1 
$60 
66.6% 
18.8% 
$0.23 
$8.8 

Q2 
$61 
68.6% 
20.0% 
$0.24 
$10.3 

Q3 
$62 
68.4% 
20.3% 
$0.25 
$14.2 

Q4 
$64 
71.4% 
21.8% 
$0.32 
$18.4 

2015 
FY 
$247 
68.8% 
20.3% 
$1.03 
$51.7 

Note: For a reconciliation of GAAP to Non GAAP reporting, please see the following page. 

I am proud of what our team has accomplished and excited about where we are going. Thank you again for your support. 

Ford Tamer 
Inphi President and Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inphi Corporation
Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Measures

(amounts in thousands except per share data)
GAAP revenue to Non-GAAP revenue
GAAP revenue
Cortina revenue lost due to purchase accounting
Non-GAAP revenue

GAAP gross margin to Non-GAAP gross margin
GAAP gross margin
Adjustments to GAAP gross margin:
   Stock-based compensation
   Adjustments related to Cortina acquisition
Non-GAAP gross margin
Non-GAAP gross margin as % of non-GAAP revenue

GAAP operating margin to Non-GAAP operating margin
GAAP operating margin
Adjustments to GAAP operating margin:
   Stock-based compensation
   Adjustments related to Cortina acquisition
   Write-off of prototype mask sets
   Abandoned office costs
Non-GAAP operating margin
Non-GAAP operating margin as % of non-GAAP revenue

GAAP net loss to Non-GAAP net income
GAAP net loss
Adjustments to GAAP net loss:
   Stock-based compensation
   Adjustments related to Cortina acquisition
   Write-off of prototype mask sets
   Abandoned office costs
   Accretion and amortization expense on convertible debt
   Valuation allowance, delta in interim period tax allocation and    
       tax effect of the adjustments above from GAAP to non-GAAP
Non-GAAP net income

2013
FY

2014
FY

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

2015

2015
FY

$       

$       

102,664
- 
102,664

$       

$       

156,142
3,865
160,007

$         

$         

$         

$         

$       

59,160
408 
59,568

60,672
- 
60,672

62,395
- 
62,395

64,389
- 
64,389

246,616
408 
247,024

$         

$         

$         

$         

$       

$         

65,569

$         

85,654

$         

29,922

$         

37,396

$         

38,724

$         

42,280

$       

148,322

1,086
- 
66,655
64.9%

$         

1,260
18,619
105,533
66.0%

$       

363 
9,416
39,701
66.6%

$         

381 
3,841
41,618
68.6%

$         

334 
3,593
42,651
68.4%

$         

393 
3,269
45,942
71.4%

$         

$           
$         
$       

1,471
20,119
169,912
68.8%

$       

(12,302)

$       

(21,365)

$         

(5,482)

$         

(1,925)

$            

(153)

$           

2,553

$         

(5,007)

16,978
- 
- 
146 
4,822
4.7%

$           

22,460
21,016
2,075
- 
24,186
15.1%

$         

6,420
10,239
- 
- 
11,177
18.8%

$         

7,202
6,836
- 
- 
12,113
20.0%

$         

7,250
5,574
- 
- 
12,671
20.3%

$         

7,421
4,091
- 
- 
14,065
21.8%

$         

28,293
26,740
- 
- 
50,026
20.3%

$         

$       

(13,178)

$       

(22,608)

$         

(9,708)

$               
-

$         

(1,102)

$         

(2,741)

16,978
- 
- 
146 
- 

22,460
21,016
2,075
- 
- 

6,420
10,239
- 
- 
- 

7,202
6,836
- 
- 
- 

7,250
5,574
- 
- 
- 

7,421
4,091
- 
- 
592 

(45)
3,901

$           

(1,527)
21,416

$         

2,352
9,303

$           

(4,181)
9,857

$           

(1,311)
10,411

$         

3,988
13,351

$         

$       

(13,551)
- 
28,293
26,740
- 
- 
592 
- 
848 
42,922

$         

Shares used in computing non-GAAP diluted earnings per share

31,291,561

34,720,857

40,325,174

41,085,657

41,508,023

42,246,379

41,525,023

Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share

$            

0.12

$            

0.62

$            

0.23

$            

0.24

$            

0.25

$            

0.32

$            

1.03

Free Cash Flow 
Cash Flow from Operations
Less: Purchases of Property Plant & Equipment
Free Cash Flow 

$         

$           

$         

$         

$         

$         

$         

18,658
(16,578)
2,080

8,386
(21,171)
(12,785)

12,254
(3,438)
8,816

13,485
(3,200)
10,285

19,764
(5,560)
14,204

$           

$       

$           

$         

$         

$         

$         

22,735
(4,359)
18,376

68,238
(16,557)
51,681

Note: For further explanation of Non GAAP reporting and the adjustments shown above, please see our quarterly earnings press releases 
on Inphi’s website.

 
 
 
           
 
 
 
 
           
           
 
 
 
 
           
           
           
 
 
 
           
 
           
           
 
 
 
 
           
           
           
 
 
 
           
 
 
           
 
           
           
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
This page intentionally left blank

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
_________ 

Form 10-K 

(Mark One)  

☑ 

☐ 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015  

Or 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 001-34942 

Inphi Corporation 

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter) 

Delaware 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) 

77-0557980 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

2953 Bunker Hill Lane, Suite 300, Santa Clara, California 95054 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (408) 217-7300 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Class 

Common Stock, $0.001 par value 

Name of Exchange on Which Registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes ☑  No ☐  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes ☐  No ☑  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and 
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes ☑    No ☐ 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  and  posted  on  its  corporate  Web  site,  if  any,  every 
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes ☑    No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not 
contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated 
by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ☑ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller 
reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of 
the Exchange Act. (Check one): 

Large accelerated filer  ☑ 

Accelerated filer  ☐ 

Non-accelerated filer  ☐ 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Smaller reporting company  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).  Yes ☐   No ☑ 
As  of  June  30,  2015,  the  aggregate  market  value  of  the  Registrant’s  common  stock  held  by  non-affiliates  of  the  Registrant  was 

approximately $860 million, based on the closing price of the common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange for that date. 

The total number of shares outstanding of the Registrant’s common stock, $0.001 par value per share, as of February 25, 2016 was 

39,880,632. 

Part III incorporates by reference certain information from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of 

Stockholders to be filed no later than 120 days after the conclusion of the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2015. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

 
 
 
  
  
  
This page intentionally left blank

 INPHI CORPORATION 

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K 

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 
Item 1. 
Business .....................................................................................................................................................  
Item 1A.  Risk Factors ...............................................................................................................................................  
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments ......................................................................................................................  
Properties ...................................................................................................................................................  
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Legal Proceedings .....................................................................................................................................  
Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures ............................................................................................................................  

PART II 
Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

Securities ...................................................................................................................................................  
Item 6. 
Selected Consolidated Financial Data .......................................................................................................  
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ....................  
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk ....................................................................  
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data .........................................................................................  
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ....................  
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures ............................................................................................................................  
Item 9B.  Other Information ......................................................................................................................................  

PART III 
Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ........................................................................  
Item 11.  Executive Compensation ...........................................................................................................................  
Item 12. 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters ..  
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ..........................................  
Principal Accountant Fees and Services ....................................................................................................  
Item 14. 

PART IV 
Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules .............................................................................................  

 Page 

1 
8 
25 
25 
25 
26 

27 
29 
31 
45 
46 
78 
78 
78 

78 
78 
79 
79 
79 

79 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
This page intentionally left blank

PART I 

ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS 

This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. When 
used in this report, the terms “may,” “might,” “will,” “objective,” “intend,” “should,” “could,” “can,” “would,” “expect,” “believe,” 
“estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “plan,” or the negative of these terms, and similar expressions intended to identify forward-looking 
statements. These statements include statements regarding our anticipated trends and challenges in our business and the markets in which 
we  operate,  including  the  market  for  40G  and  100G  high-speed  analog  semiconductor  solutions,  our  plans  for  future  products  and 
anticipated features and benefits thereof, expansion of our product offerings and enhancements of existing products, critical accounting 
policies  and estimates,  our expectations  regarding  our  expenses  and  revenue,  sources  of  revenue,  our  tax  benefits,  the  benefits  of  our 
products and services, our technological capabilities and expertise, timing of the development of our products, our liquidity position and 
sufficiency thereof, including our anticipated cash needs, our operating capital expenditures and requirements and our needs for additional 
financing and potential consequences thereof, our anticipated growth and growth strategies, our ability to retain and attract customers, 
particularly  in  light  of  our  dependence  on  a  limited  number  of  customers  for  a  substantial  portion  of  our  revenue,  our  expectations 
regarding competition, interest rate sensitivity, adequacy of our disclosure controls, our legal proceedings and warranty claims. These 
forward-looking  statements  involve  known  and  unknown  risks,  uncertainties  and  other  factors  that  may  cause  our  actual  results, 
performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by 
these or any other forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those risks discussed below, 
as well as factors affecting our results of operations, our ability to manage our growth, our ability to sustain or increase profitability, 
demand for our solutions, the effect of declines in average selling prices for our products, our ability to compete, our ability to rapidly 
develop  new  technology  and  introduce  new  products,  our  ability  to  safeguard  our  intellectual  property,  trends  in  the  semiconductor 
industry and fluctuations in general economic conditions, and the risks set forth throughout this Report, including the risks set forth under 
Part I, “ Item 1A, Risk Factors”. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which are based 
on current expectations and reflect management's opinions only as of the date hereof. These forward-looking statements speak only as of 
the date of this Report. We expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-
looking statements contained herein to reflect any change in our expectations with regard thereto or any changes in events, conditions or 
circumstances on which any such statement is based.  

All references to “Inphi,” “we,” “us” or “our” mean Inphi Corporation.  

Inphi®, iMB™, iKON™ and the Inphi logo are trademarks or service marks owned by Inphi. All other trademarks, service marks 

and trade names appearing in this report are the property of their respective owners.  

Overview 

Our Company 

We are a fabless provider of high-speed analog and mixed signal semiconductor solutions for the communications, datacenter and 
computing markets. We often refer to our business as covering various data transport segments from “fiber to memory”. Our analog and 
mixed signal semiconductor solutions provide high signal integrity at leading-edge data speeds while reducing system power consumption. 
Our semiconductor solutions are designed to address bandwidth bottlenecks in networks, maximize throughput and minimize latency in 
computing environments and enable the rollout of next generation communications, datacenter and computing infrastructures. Our solutions 
provide  a  vital  high-speed  interface  between  analog  signals  and  digital  information  in  high-performance  systems  such  as 
telecommunications transport systems, enterprise networking equipment, datacenters and enterprise servers, storage platforms, test and 
measurement equipment and military systems. We provide 10G/40G, 100G and beyond 100G high-speed analog semiconductor solutions 
for the communications market and high-speed memory interface solutions for the computing market. 

On  October  3,  2014,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  Cortina  Systems,  Inc.  including  its  high-speed  interconnect  and  optical 
transport product lines (Cortina) for approximately $52.5 million in cash and approximately 5.3 million shares of our common stock in 
accordance with the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated July 30, 2014 as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement and Plan of 
Merger dated September 25, 2014. We acquired Cortina to expand the Company’s market share in high-speed optical and networking 
interconnects. The revenue and expenses of Cortina are included in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 
2015. 

1 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
We  leverage  our  proprietary  high-speed  analog  and  mixed  signal  processing  expertise  and  our  deep  understanding  of  system 
architectures to address data bottlenecks in current and emerging communications, enterprise network, computing and storage architectures. 
We  develop  these  solutions  as  a  result  of  our  competitive  strengths,  including  our  system-level  simulation  capabilities,  analog  design 
expertise, strong relationships with industry leaders, extensive broad process technology experience and high-speed package modeling and 
design expertise. We use our core technology and strength in high-speed analog design to enable our customers to deploy next generation 
communications and computing systems that operate with high performance at high speed. We believe we are at the forefront of developing 
semiconductor  solutions  that  deliver  100G  speeds  throughout  the  network  infrastructure,  including  core,  metro  and  the  datacenter. 
Furthermore, our analog signal processing expertise enables us to improve throughput in computing systems. For example, some of our 
computing products enable up to four times the memory capacity on server platforms while using the current generation of memory devices.  

We have ongoing, informal collaborative discussions with industry and technology leaders such as Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. 
(AMD), ARM Ltd., Ciena Corporation, Cisco Systems, Inc., Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., Juniper Networks Inc., Intel Corporation, 
Micron Technology, Inc., Nokia Corporation (Nokia), Samsung Semiconductor Inc. and SK Hynix Inc. to design architectures and products 
that solve bandwidth bottlenecks in existing and next generation communications and computing systems. Although, we generally do not 
have any formal collaboration agreements with these entities, we often engage in informal discussions with these entities with respect to 
anticipated  technological  challenges,  next  generation  customer  requirements  and  industry  conventions  and  standards.  We  help  define 
industry  conventions  and  standards  within  the  markets  we  target  by  collaborating  with  technology  leaders,  original  equipment 
manufacturers, or OEMs, systems manufacturers and standards bodies. Our products are designed into systems sold by OEMs, including 
Ciena,  Cisco,  Dell  Inc.,  EMC  Corporation,  H3C  Technologies,  Hewlett-Packard  Company,  Huawei,  International  Business  Machines 
Corporation (IBM), Juniper, Nokia and Oracle Corporation. We believe we are one of a limited number of suppliers to these OEMs for the 
type of products we sell, and in some cases we may be the sole supplier for certain applications. We sell both directly to these OEMs and 
to other intermediary systems or module manufacturers that, in turn, sell to these OEMs.  

Our Business  

Our semiconductor solutions leverage our deep understanding of high-speed analog and mixed signal processing and our system 
architecture knowledge to address data bottlenecks in current and emerging network and datacenter architectures. We design and develop 
our products for the communications and computing markets, which typically have two to three year design cycles, and product life cycles 
of five or more years. We believe our leadership position in developing high-speed analog semiconductors is a result of the following core 
strengths:  

• 

• 

• 

System-Level Simulation Capabilities. We design our high-speed analog semiconductor solutions to be critical components
in complex systems. In order to understand and solve system problems, we work closely with systems vendors to develop
proprietary component, channel and system simulation models. We use these proprietary simulation and validation tools to
accurately predict system performance prior to fabricating the semiconductor or alternately, to identify and optimize critical
semiconductor parameters to satisfy customer system requirements. We use these simulation and validation capabilities to
reduce  our  customers’  time  to  market  and  engineering  investments,  thus  enabling  us  to  establish  differentiated  design
relationships with our customers.  

Analog Design Expertise. We believe that we are a leader in developing broadband analog semiconductors operating at high
frequencies of up to 100 GHz. High-speed analog circuit design is extremely challenging because, as frequencies increase,
semiconductors  are  increasingly  sensitive  to  temperature,  power  supply  noise,  process  variation  and  interaction  with
neighboring circuit elements. Development of components that work robustly at high frequencies requires an understanding
of analog circuit design, including electromagnetic theory and practical experience in implementation and testing. Our analog
design expertise has enabled us to design and commercially ship several first in the world technologies including the first
100G linear transimpedance amplifier, or TIA, and the first 200G linear modulator driver that is now being widely deployed
in volume globally in Long Haul and Metro networking infrastructures. We also launched the industry’s first complementary
metal  oxide  semiconductor,  or  CMOS,  based  100G  physical  layers  or  PHYs  and  clock  and  data  recovery,  or  CDRs,  for
Ethernet and optical transport network applications. These high speed serial PHYs, are designed in a generic CMOS process
to target much lower power compared to silicon germanium or SiGe based products, while reducing the design footprint and
improving  manufacturability.  We  also  launched  the  world's  first  40/50/100/400G  PAM4  interconnect  ICs  for  cloud 
interconnects. The chipset solution included multiple variants of the PAM4 PHY IC based on a highly adaptable and scalable
InphiNityCore TM DSP engine and the OmniConnectTm transmitter for copper and optics media along with a companion linear 
TIA for 50G PAM4 interfaces. 

Strong  Relationships  with  Industry  Leaders.  We  develop  many  of  our  high-speed  analog  semiconductor  solutions  for
applications  and  systems  that  are  driven  by  industry  leaders  in  the  communications,  datacenter  and  computing  markets. 
Through  our  established  relationships  with  industry  leaders,  we  have  repeatedly  demonstrated  the  ability  to  address  their
technological challenges. As a result, we are designed into several of their current systems and believe we are well-positioned 
to develop high-speed analog semiconductor solutions for their emerging architectures. For instance, our high-speed memory 
interface designs have been validated for Intel’s Xeon® Core i7® and next generation platforms. We have ongoing, informal
collaborative discussions with communication and networking companies such as Cisco, Ciena, Huawei, and Juniper, among
others to address their next generation 100G and beyond 100G efforts. Specifically, we engage in informal discussions with
these  entities  with  respect  to  anticipated  technological  challenges,  next  generation  customer  requirements  and  industry
conventions and standards. As a result of our development efforts with industry leaders, we help define industry conventions

2 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
and standards within the markets we target by collaborating with technology leaders, OEMs and systems manufacturers, as
well as standards bodies such as the Joint Electronic Device Engineering Councils, or JEDEC, and the Institute of Electrical
and Electronic Engineers, or IEEE, and the Optical Internetworking Forum, or OIF, to establish industry standards.  

• 

• 

Broad  Process Technology.  We  employ process  technology experts,  device technologists and circuit  designers  who  have
extensive experience in many process technologies including CMOS, SiGe and III-V technologies such as gallium arsenide,
or GaAs, or indium phosphide, or InP. We have developed specific internal models and design kits for each process to support
a  uniform  design  methodology  across  all  of  our  semiconductor  solutions.  For  example,  our  products  using  40  nanometer 
CMOS  technology  require  development  of  accurate  models  for  sub-circuits  such  as  integrated  phase  lock  loop,  or  PLLs,
varactors and inductors. As another example, for III-V materials-based processes, in-house model development is a necessity 
and we believe also provides a substantial competitive advantage because these processes have complex material and device
interactions. Combined with our fabless manufacturing strategy, our design expertise, proprietary model libraries and uniform 
design  methodology  allow  us  to  use  the  best  possible  materials  and  substrates  to  design  and  develop  our  semiconductor
solutions. We believe that our ability to design high-speed analog semiconductors in a wide range of materials and process 
technologies allows us to provide superior performance, power, cost and reliability for a specific set of market requirements. 

High-Speed Package Modeling and Design. We have developed deep expertise in high-speed package modeling and design, 
since  introducing  the  first  high-speed  50  GHz  MUX  and  DEMUX  product  in  2001.  At  high  frequencies,  the  interaction
between an analog device, its package and the external environment can significantly affect product performance. Accurately
modeling and developing advanced packaging allows semiconductor solutions to address this challenge. Due to the advanced
nature of this work, there is a limited supply of engineers with experience in high-speed package modeling and design, and
therefore, this required expertise can be difficult to acquire for companies that have not invested in developing such a skill
set. We have developed an infrastructure to simulate electrical, mechanical and thermal properties of devices and packages
that we integrate within our semiconductor design process and implement at our third-party packaging providers. Modeling
is an inherently iterative process, and since our model libraries are used extensively by our circuit designers, the accuracy and 
value  of  these  models  increases  over  time.  Our  current  packaging  and  modeling  techniques  enable  us  to  deliver
semiconductors  that  are  energy  efficient,  offer  high-speed  processing  and  enable  advanced  signal  integrity,  all  in  a  small
footprint.  

We believe that our system-level simulation capabilities, our analog design and broad process technology design capabilities as well 
as our strengths in packaging enable us to differentiate ourselves by delivering advanced high-speed analog signal processing solutions. 
For example, we believe we are the first vendor who has successfully commercialized 100G Ethernet PHYs and CDRs in standard CMOS 
process. Within the server market, we have applied our analog signal processing expertise to develop our isolation memory buffer, or 
iMBTM technology, which is designed to expand the memory capacity in existing server and computing platforms. Adoption of the iMBTM 
allows up to four times the memory capacity to be installed in a server platform, while using the current generation of memory devices.  

We believe the key benefits that our solutions provide to our customers are as follows:  

• 

• 

• 

High Performance. Our high-speed analog semiconductor solutions are designed to meet the specific technical requirements
of our customers in their respective end-markets. In many cases, our close design relationships and deep engineering expertise
put us in a position where we are one of a limited group of semiconductor vendors that can provide the necessary solution.
For instance, in the broadband communications market, we believe our products achieve the highest signal integrity and attain
superior signal transmission distance at required error-free or low error rates. In the computing and datacenter market, we
believe our products achieve industry leading data transfer rates at the smallest die size.  

Low Power and Small Footprint. In each of the end markets that we serve, the power budget of the overall system is a key
consideration  for  systems  designers.  Power  consumption  greatly  impacts  system  operation  cost,  footprint  and  cooling 
requirements, and is increasingly becoming a point of focus for our customers. We believe that our high speed analog signal
processing solutions enable our customers to implement system architectures that reduce overall system power consumption. 
We also believe that, at high frequencies, our high-speed analog semiconductor devices typically consume less power than
competitors’ standard designs, which often incorporate power-consuming digital signal processing to perform data transfer
functions, thereby further reducing overall system power consumption. In addition, in many of our applications, we are able
to design and deliver semiconductors that have a smaller footprint and therefore reduce the overall system size.  

Faster  Time  to  Market.  Our  customers  compete  in  markets  that  require  high-speed,  reliable  semiconductors  that  can  be
integrated  into  their  systems  as  soon  as  new  market  opportunities  develop.  To  meet  our  customers’  time-to-market 
requirements, we work closely with them early in their design cycles and are actively involved in their development processes.
Over the past ten years, we have developed methodologies and simulation environments that accurately predict the behavior
of complex integrated circuits within various communications systems. In addition, we have developed an extensive internal
library  of  proven  building  block  circuits  such  as  amplifiers,  phase  frequency  detectors  and  transmitters  that  are  reused  to
shorten design cycles and reduce risk.  

3 

 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Products  

Our products address bandwidth bottlenecks throughout the network communications and computing infrastructure markets – from 
“fiber to memory”, as depicted in the illustration below. For instance, our products find application in devices such as dense wavelength 
division  multiplexers  that  enable  core  and  aggregation  networks  as  well  as  less  complex  optical  interface  links  within  data  center 
communication infrastructures. In addition, our high-speed memory interface products can be found in servers where they allow CPUs to 
better utilize available memory resources.  

As of December 31, 2015, we have a wide range product portfolio, including products that have commercially shipped, products for 
which we have shipped engineering samples and products under development, that perform a wide range of functions such as amplifying, 
encoding, multiplexing, demultiplexing, retiming and buffering data and clock signals at speeds up to 100 Gbps. These products are key 
enablers for servers, routers, switches, storage and other equipment that process, store and transport data traffic. We introduced 32 and 15 
new products in 2015 and 2014, respectively. The acquisition of Cortina added approximately 130 products in our portfolio which includes 
high-speed  interconnect  and  optical  transport  products.  We  design  and  develop  our  products  for  the  communications  and  computing 
markets, which typically have two to three year design cycles, and product life cycles as long as five years or more.  

In 2011, we began to ship in production volume a new “ultra-low voltage” version of our integrated PLL and register buffer, which 
is shipping in the form of product number INSSTE32882UV-GS02, or the GS02UV product. Sales of the GS02UV product comprised 
15% and 39% of our total revenue in 2014 and 2013, respectively. In 2012, we introduced and began to ship in commercial volume a dual, 
differential input linear transimpedance/variable-gain amplifier that we identify as product number IN3250TA-SO2D. Sales of IN3250TA-
SO2D product comprised 14% of our total revenue in both 2015 and 2014. In 2010, we introduced and began to ship in commercial volume 
a dual, differential linear transimpedance amplifier which we identify as product number 2850TA-SO1D. Sales of 2850TA-SO1D product 
comprised 10% of our total revenue in 2013. There were no other products that generated more than 10% of our total revenue in 2015, 
2014 or 2013.  

Customers  

We sell our products directly to OEMs and indirectly to OEMs through module manufacturers, original design manufacturers or 
ODMs and sub-systems providers. We work closely with technology leaders, including microprocessor, memory vendors, communications 
equipment  and  optical  module  companies,  to  design  architectures  and  products  that  help  solve  bandwidth  bottlenecks  in  and  between 
systems. These technology leaders often design our products into reference designs, which they provide to their customers and suppliers. 
For example, in the server market we work closely with major CPU manufacturers to address the bottleneck between the CPU and the 
increasing amount of memory attached to it. These CPU manufacturers then provide their server CPU customers and memory module 
partners  with  a  validation  report,  including  validation  of  our  memory  interface  products.  These  server  OEMs  and  memory  module 
companies then design our memory interface products into their production systems. Ultimately, our sales into these servers are to memory 
module companies, including Micron, Samsung, SK Hynix and others. In the networking market, we work closely with OEMs to deliver 
high performance communication links. These OEMs design our products into their systems and then require their ODM and electronics 
manufacturing  services  suppliers  to  purchase  and  use  that  specific  product  from  us.  We  also  work  directly  with  optical  module 
manufacturers to design our products into their modules, which they sell to OEMs.  

4 

 
  
  
 
  
  
  
   
 
 
We work closely with our customers throughout design cycles that often last two to three years and we are able to develop long-
term relationships with them as our technology becomes embedded in their products. As a result, we believe we are well-positioned to not 
only be designed into their current systems, but also to continually develop next generation high-speed analog semiconductor solutions for 
their future products. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we sold our products to more than 160 customers.  

Sales to customers in Asia accounted for 68%, 71% and 71% of our total revenue in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Because 
many of our customers or their OEM manufacturers are located in Asia, we anticipate that a majority of our future revenue will continue 
to come from sales to that region. Although a large percentage of our sales are made to customers in Asia, we believe that a significant 
number of the systems designed by these customers and incorporating our semiconductor products are then sold to end users outside Asia.  

We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our revenue. In the 
year ended December 31, 2015, we believe that sales to Cisco, directly and indirectly, through subcontractors, accounted for approximately 
13% of our total revenue and our 10 largest customers collectively accounted for 59% of our total revenue. In the year ended December 
31, 2014, sales to Samsung, including its subcontractors accounted for 18% of our total revenue and our 10 largest customers collectively 
accounted for 61% of our total revenue. In the year ended December 31, 2013, sales to Samsung, including its subcontractors and SK 
Hynix, including its subcontractor accounted for 20% and 16% of our total revenue, respectively, and our 10 largest customers collectively 
accounted for 70% of our total revenue. In addition, sales directly and through distributors to Micron accounted for 11% of our total revenue 
in the year ended December 31, 2013. No other single customer directly or indirectly accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in 
2015, 2014 or 2013.  

Sales and Marketing  

Our design cycle from initial engagement to volume shipment is typically two to three years, with product life cycles in the markets 
we serve ranging from two to 10 years or more. For many of our products, early engagement with our customers’ technical staff is necessary 
for success. To ensure an adequate level of early engagement, our application and development engineers work closely with our customers 
to identify and propose solutions to their systems challenges.  

In addition to our direct customers, we work closely with technology leaders such as Intel, ARM and AMD for the computing and 
storage markets and Alcatel-Lucent, Ciena, Cisco, Huawei and Juniper for the networking and communications market to anticipate and 
solve next generation challenges facing our customers. As part of the sales and product development process, we often design our products 
in close collaboration with these industry leaders and help define their architecture. We also participate actively in setting industry standards 
with organizations such as IEEE, JEDEC and OIF to have a voice in the definition of future market trends.  

We sell our products worldwide through multiple channels, including our direct sales force and a network of sales representatives 
and distributors. For the year ended December 31, 2015, 78% of our revenue was generated by our direct sales team and third-party sales 
representatives. We operate direct sales offices in Japan, Korea, Taiwan, Singapore, and the United States and employ sales personnel that 
cover our direct customers and manage our channel partners. We have twenty seven direct sales professionals including three in Japan, 
fourteen in Asia, seven in North America and three in EMEA. We utilize two sales representatives and eight distributors in Asia, two 
distributors in Europe, one sales representative and one distributor in Israel, two distributors in Japan and six sales representatives and three 
distributors  in  North  America.  Our  channel  network  includes  more  than  one  hundred  sales  professionals  to  support  our  products  and 
customers, including ten in Japan, forty two in Asia (other than Japan), forty six in North America and fifteen in Europe, the Middle East 
and Africa, or EMEA. All of these sales professionals are sales agents and are employed by our distributors and sales representatives. We 
believe these distributors and sales representatives have the requisite technical experience in our target markets and are able to leverage 
existing relationships and understanding of our customers’ products to effectively sell our products. Given the breadth of our target markets, 
customers  and  products,  we  provide  our  direct  and  indirect  sales  teams  with  regular  training  and  share  product  information  with  our 
customers and sales team using web-based tools.  

Manufacturing  

We operate a fabless business model and use third-party foundries and assembly and test manufacturing contractors to manufacture, 
assemble and test our semiconductor products. We also inspect and test parts in our Westlake Village, California, facility. This outsourced 
manufacturing  approach  allows  us  to  focus  our  resources  on  the  design,  sale  and  marketing  of  our  products.  In  addition,  we  believe 
outsourcing many of our manufacturing and assembly activities provides us the flexibility needed to respond to new market opportunities, 
simplifies our operations and significantly reduces our capital requirements.  

We subject our third-party manufacturing contractors to qualification requirements in order to meet the high quality and reliability 
standards required of our products. We carefully qualify critical partners and processes before applying the technology to our products. 
Our engineers work closely with our foundries and other contractors to increase yield, lower manufacturing costs and improve product 
quality.  

5 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
• 

• 

• 

Wafer Fabrication. We currently utilize a wide range of semiconductor processes to develop and manufacture our products.
Each  of  our  foundries  tends  to  specialize  in  a  particular  semiconductor  wafer  process  technology.  We  choose  the 
semiconductor process and foundry that we believe provides the best combination of performance attributes for any particular
product. For most of our products, we utilize a single foundry for semiconductor wafer production. Our principal foundries 
are Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Ltd., or TSMC, in Taiwan, Sumitomo Electric Device Innovations Inc.,
or SEDI, in Japan, WIN Semiconductors Corp. in Taiwan, and TowerJazz Semiconductor Ltd. in North America.  

Package and Assembly. Upon the completion of processing at the foundry, the finished wafers are shipped to our third-party 
assemblers  for  packaging  and  assembly.  Currently,  our  principal  packaging  and  assembly  contractors  are  Orient
Semiconductor Electronics Ltd., or OSE in Taiwan, STATS ChipPAC Ltd. in Korea, Kyocera Corporation in North America
and Japan, Signetics Corporation in Korea, Amkor Technology in Korea and ASEM Technology in Malaysia.  

Test. At the last stage of integrated circuit production, our third-party test service providers test the packaged and assembled
integrated circuits. Currently, OSE in Taiwan, Advanced Semiconductor Engineering or ASE in California, STATS ChipPAC
in Korea, Evans Analytical Group or EAG in North America, Signetics Corporation in Korea, Amkor Technology in Korea,
ASEM Technology in Malaysia and Presto Engineering in North America are our test partners. We also perform testing in
our Westlake Village, California, facility.  

We are committed to maintaining the highest level of quality in our products. Our objective is that our products meet all of our 
customer requirements, are delivered on-time and function reliably throughout their useful lives. As part of our total quality assurance 
program, our quality management system has been certified to ISO 9001:2008 standards. Our manufacturing partners are also ISO 9001 
certified.  

Research and Development  

We  focus  our  research  and  development  efforts  on  developing  products  that  address  bandwidth  bottlenecks  in  networks  and 
minimize latency in computing environments. We believe that our continued success depends on our ability to both introduce improved 
versions of our existing products and to develop new products for the markets that we serve. We devote a portion of our resources to 
expanding our core technology including efforts in system-level simulation, high-speed analog design, supporting a broad range of process 
technologies and high-speed package modeling and design.  

We develop models that are used as an input to a combination of proprietary and commercially available simulation tools. We use 
these tools to predict overall system performance based on the performance of our product. After our product is manufactured, we perform 
system  measurements  and  refine  our  model  set  to  improve  the  model’s  accuracy  and  predictive  ability.  As  a  result,  our  models  and 
simulation tools have improved over time and we have been able to very accurately predict overall system performance prior to fabricating 
a part.  

We have assembled a core team of experienced engineers and systems designers in four design centers located in the United States, 
Canada, Singapore and United Kingdom. Our technical team typically has, on average, more than 23 years of industry experience with 
more  than  60%  having  advanced  degrees  (Masters  and  above)  and  more  than  16%  having  Ph.Ds.  These  engineers  and  designers  are 
involved in advancing our core technologies, as well as applying these core technologies to our product development activities across a 
number of areas including telecommunications transport systems, enterprise networking equipment, datacenters and enterprise servers, 
storage  platforms,  test  and  measurement  and  military  systems.  In  2015,  2014  and  2013,  our  research  and  development  expenses  were 
$106.4, $70.9 million and $50.5 million, respectively.  

Competition  

The global semiconductor market in general, and the communications and computing markets in particular, are highly competitive. 
We expect competition to increase and intensify as more and larger semiconductor companies enter our markets. Increased competition 
could  result  in  price  pressure,  reduced  profitability  and  loss  of  market  share,  any  of  which  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our 
business, revenue and operating results.  

Currently, our competitors range from large, international companies offering a wide range of semiconductor products to smaller 
companies specializing in narrow markets. Our primary competitors include Avago Technologies Ltd., Broadcom Corporation, GigOptix 
Inc., Integrated Device Technology, Inc., or IDT, M/A-COM Technology Solutions Inc., Maxim Integrated, Maxlinear, Inc., Microsemi 
Corporation, Montage Technology Group Limited, Qorvo Inc., PMC-Sierra, Inc., Semtech Corp. and Texas Instruments Incorporated, as 
well as other smaller analog signal processing companies. We expect competition in our target markets to increase in the future as existing 
competitors improve or expand their product offerings.  

Our ability to compete successfully depends on elements both within and outside of our control, including industry and general 
economic trends. During past periods of downturns in our industry, competition in the markets in which we operate intensified as our 
customers reduced their purchase orders. Many of our competitors are significantly larger, have greater financial, technical, marketing, 
distribution, customer support and other resources, are more established than we are, and have significantly better brand recognition and 

6 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
broader product offerings with which to withstand similar adverse economic or market conditions in the future. These developments may 
materially and adversely affect our current and future target markets and our ability to compete successfully in those markets.  

We compete or plan to compete in different target markets to various degrees on the basis of a number of principal competitive 

factors, including:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

product performance;  

power budget;  

features and functionality;  

customer relationships;  

size;  

ease of system design;  

product roadmap;  

reputation and reliability;  

customer support; and  

price.  

We believe we compete favorably with respect to each of these factors. We maintain our competitive position through our ability to 

successfully design, develop and market complex high-speed analog solutions for the customers that we serve.  

Intellectual Property  

We rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks, and contractual 
protections, to protect our core technology and intellectual property. As of December 31, 2015, we had 570 issued and allowed patents and 
other patent applications pending in the United States. The 437 issued and allowed patents in the United States expire in the years beginning 
in 2016 through 2035. Many of our issued patents and pending patent applications relate to high-speed circuit and package designs.  

We may not receive competitive advantages from any rights granted under our patents, and our patent applications may not result 
in the issuance of any patents. In addition, any future patent may be opposed, contested, circumvented, designed around by a third party or 
found to be unenforceable or invalidated. Others may develop technologies that are similar or superior to our proprietary technologies, 
duplicate our proprietary technologies or design around patents owned or licensed by us.  

In addition to our own intellectual property, we also use third-party licensors for certain technologies embedded in our semiconductor 
solutions.  These  are  typically  non-exclusive  contracts  provided  under  paid-up  licenses.  These  licenses  are  generally  perpetual  or 
automatically  renewed  for  so  long  as  we  continue  to  pay  any  maintenance  fees  that  may  be  due.  To  date,  maintenance  fees  have  not 
constituted a significant portion of our capital expenditures. We have entered into a number of licensing arrangements pursuant to which 
we license third-party technologies. We do not believe our business is dependent to any significant degree on any individual third-party 
license.  

We generally control access to and use of our confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, including 
contractual protections with employees, contractors and customers. We rely in part on United States and international copyright laws to 
protect  our  mask  work.  All  employees  and  consultants  are  required  to  execute  confidentiality  agreements  in  connection  with  their 
employment and consulting relationships with us. We also require them to agree to disclose and assign to us all inventions conceived or 
made in connection with the employment or consulting relationship.  

Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties may still copy or otherwise obtain and use our software, 
technology  or  other  information  that  we  regard  as  proprietary  intellectual  property.  In  addition,  we  intend  to  expand  our  international 
operations,  and  effective  patent,  copyright,  trademark  and  trade  secret  protection  may  not  be  available  or  may  be  limited  in  foreign 
countries.  

The semiconductor industry is characterized by vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights and positions, which 
has resulted in protracted and expensive litigation for many companies. We have in the past received and, particularly as a public company, 
we expect that in the future we may receive, communications from various industry participants alleging our infringement of their patents, 
trade  secrets  or  other  intellectual  property  rights.  Any  lawsuits  could  subject  us  to  significant  liability  for  damages,  invalidate  our 
proprietary rights and harm our business and our ability to compete. Any litigation, regardless of success or merit, could cause us to incur 
substantial expenses, reduce our sales and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel. In the event we receive an adverse 

7 

 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
result in any litigation, we could be required to pay substantial damages, seek licenses from third parties, which may not be available on 
reasonable terms or at all, cease sale of products, expend significant resources to develop alternative technology or discontinue the use of 
processes requiring the relevant technology.  

Employees  

At  December  31,  2015,  we  employed  472  full-time  equivalent  employees,  including  288  in  research,  product  development  and 
engineering, 62 in sales and marketing, 46 in general and administrative management and 76 in manufacturing engineering and operations. 
We consider relations with our employees to be good and have never experienced a work stoppage. None of our employees are either 
represented by a labor union or subject to a collective bargaining agreement.  

Other 

We were incorporated in Delaware in November 2000 as TCom Communications, Inc. and changed our name to Inphi Corporation 
in February 2001. Our principal executive offices are located at 2953 Bunker Hill Lane, Suite 300, Santa Clara, California 95054. Our 
telephone number at that location is (408) 217-7300. Our website address is www.inphi.com. Information on our website is not part of this 
report and should not be relied upon in determining whether to make an investment decision. The inclusion of our website address in this 
report does not include or incorporate by reference into this report any information on our website.  

We electronically file our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K pursuant 
to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, with the SEC. The public may read or 
copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public 
may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an 
Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with 
the SEC. The address of that site is http://www.sec.gov.   You may obtain a free copy of our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports 
on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports with the SEC on our website.  

ITEM 1A. 

RISK FACTORS 

Risks Related to Our Business 

Our revenue and operating results can fluctuate from period to period, which could cause our share price to fluctuate. 

Our revenue and operating results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate from period to period in the future due to a variety of 
factors,  many  of  which  are  beyond  our  control.  Factors  relating  to  our  business  that  may  contribute  to  these  fluctuations  include  the 
following factors, as well as other factors described elsewhere herein: 

● 

the receipt, reduction or cancellation of orders by customers; 

● 

fluctuations in the levels of component inventories held by our customers; 

● 

the gain or loss of significant customers; 

●  market acceptance of our products and our customers’ products; 

● 

our ability to develop, introduce and market new products and technologies on a timely basis; 

● 

the timing and extent of product development costs; 

● 

new product announcements and introductions by us or our competitors; 

● 

incurrence of research and development and related new product expenditures; 

● 

fluctuations in sales by module manufacturers who incorporate our semiconductor solutions in their products, such as memory
modules; 

● 

cyclical fluctuations in our markets; 

● 

fluctuations in our manufacturing yields; 

● 

significant warranty claims, including those not covered by our suppliers; 

● 

changes in our product mix or customer mix; 

8 

 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
● 

intellectual property disputes; and 

● 

loss of key personnel or the inability to attract qualified engineers. 

As a result of these and other factors, the results of any prior quarterly or annual periods should not be relied upon as indications of 

our future revenue or operating performance. Fluctuations in our revenue and operating results could cause our share price to decline. 

We have an accumulated deficit and have incurred net losses in the past. We may incur net losses in the future. 

As of December 31, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $102.7 million. We have incurred net losses in the past and may incur 
net losses in the future. We generated a net loss of $13.6 million, $22.6 million and $13.2 million for years ended December 31, 2015, 
2014, and 2013, respectively. 

We depend on a limited number of customers for a substantial portion of our revenue, and the loss of, or a significant reduction 
in orders from, one or more of our major customers could negatively impact our revenue and operating results. In addition, if we offer 
more favorable prices to attract or retain customers, our average selling prices and gross margins would decline. 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we believe that sales to Cisco, directly and indirectly through subcontractors, accounted for 
approximately 13% of our total revenue and our 10 largest customers collectively accounted for 59% of our total revenue. For the year 
ended December 31, 2014, sales to Samsung Semiconductor Inc., or Samsung, including its subcontractors, accounted for 18% of our total 
revenue, and our 10 largest customers collectively accounted for 61% of our total revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2013, sales 
to Samsung, including its subcontractors, and SK Hynix Inc., or SK Hynix, including its subcontractor, accounted for 20% and 16% of our 
total revenue, respectively, and our 10 largest customers collectively accounted for 70% of our total revenue. In addition, sales directly and 
through distributors to Micron Technology, Inc., or Micron, accounted for 11% of our total revenue in the year ended December 31, 2013. 
Some of our customers, including Samsung, SK Hynix and Micron, use our products primarily in high-speed memory devices. We believe 
our operating results for the foreseeable future will continue to depend on sales to a relatively small number of customers. In the future, 
these customers may decide not to purchase our products at all, may purchase fewer products than they did in the past or may alter their 
purchasing patterns. 

In  addition,  our  relationships  with  some  customers  may  deter  other  potential  customers  who  compete  with  these  customers  from 
buying our products. To attract new customers or retain existing customers, we may offer these customers favorable prices on our products. 
In that event, our average selling prices and gross margins would decline. The loss of a key customer, a reduction in sales to any key 
customer or our inability to attract new significant customers could negatively impact our revenue and materially and adversely affect our 
results of operations. 

We  do  not  have  long-term  purchase  commitments  from  our  customers  and  if  our  customers  cancel  or  change  their  purchase 

commitments, our revenue and operating results could suffer. 

Substantially all of our sales to date, including sales to Samsung, SK Hynix and Micron, have been made on a purchase order basis. 
We do not have any long-term commitments with any of our customers. As a result, our customers may cancel, change or delay product 
purchase commitments with little or no notice to us and without penalty. This in turn could cause our revenue to decline and materially and 
adversely affect our results of operations. 

We may face claims of intellectual property infringement, which could be time-consuming, costly to defend or settle and result in 

the loss of significant rights and which could harm our relationships with our customers and distributors. 

The semiconductor industry is characterized by companies that hold patents and other intellectual property rights and that vigorously 
pursue,  protect  and  enforce  intellectual  property  rights.  From  time  to  time,  third  parties  may  assert  against  us  and  our  customers  and 
distributors their patent and other intellectual property rights to technologies that are important to our business. 

Claims  that  our  products,  processes  or  technology  infringe  third-party  intellectual  property  rights,  regardless  of  their  merit  or 
resolution, could be costly to defend or settle and could divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel. For 
example, Netlist, Inc. filed suit against us in the United States District Court, Central District of California, in September 2009, alleging 
that our iMB™ and certain other memory module components infringe three of Netlist’s patents.  

Infringement claims also could harm our relationships with our customers or distributors and might deter future customers from doing 
business  with  us.  We  do  not  know  whether  we  will  prevail  in  these  proceedings  given  the  complex  technical  issues  and  inherent 
uncertainties in intellectual property litigation. If any pending or future proceedings result in an adverse outcome, we could be required to: 

● 

cease the manufacture, use or sale of the infringing products, processes or technology; 

● 

pay substantial damages for infringement; 

● 

expend significant resources to develop non-infringing products, processes or technology, which may not be successful; 

9 

 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
● 

● 

● 

license technology from the third-party claiming infringement, which license may not be available on commercially reasonable
terms, or at all; 

cross-license our technology to a competitor to resolve an infringement claim, which could weaken our ability to compete with
that competitor; or 

pay substantial damages to our customers or end users to discontinue their use of or to replace infringing technology sold to them
with non-infringing technology, if available. 

Any of the foregoing results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Winning business is subject to lengthy competitive selection processes that require us to incur significant expenditures prior to 
generating any revenue or without any guarantee of any revenue related to this business. Even if we begin a product design, a customer 
may decide to cancel or change its product plans, which could cause us to generate no revenue from a product. If we fail to generate 
revenue after incurring substantial expenses to develop our products, our business and operating results would suffer. 

We are focused on winning more competitive bid processes, known as “design wins,” that enable us to sell our high- speed analog 
semiconductor solutions for use in our customers’ products. These selection processes typically are lengthy and can require us to incur 
significant design and development expenditures and dedicate scarce engineering resources in pursuit of a single customer opportunity. 
We  may  not  win  the  competitive  selection  process  and  may  never  generate  any  revenue  despite  incurring  significant  design  and 
development expenditures. Failure to obtain a design win could prevent us from offering an entire generation of a product. This could cause 
us to lose revenue and require us to write off obsolete inventory, and could weaken our position in future competitive selection processes. 
Even after securing a design win, we may experience delays in generating revenue from our products as a result of the lengthy development 
cycle typically required. Our customers generally take a considerable amount of time to evaluate our products. Our design cycle from initial 
engagement to volume shipment is typically two to three years. 

The delays inherent in these lengthy sales cycles increase the risk that a customer will decide to cancel, curtail, reduce or delay its 
product plans or adopt a competing design from one of our competitors, causing us to lose anticipated revenue. In addition, any delay or 
cancellation of a customer’s plans could materially and adversely affect our financial results, as we may have incurred significant expense 
without generating any revenue. Finally, our customers’ failure to successfully market and sell their products could reduce demand for our 
products and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we were unable to generate 
revenue after incurring substantial expenses to develop any of our products, our business would suffer. 

Our customers  require our products and our third-party contractors to undergo a lengthy and expensive qualification process 
which  does  not  assure  product  sales.  If  we  are  unsuccessful  in  or  delayed  in  qualifying  any  of  our  products  with  a  customer,  our 
business and operating results would suffer. 

Prior  to  purchasing  our  products,  our  customers  require  that  both  our  products  and  our  third-party  contractors  undergo  extensive 
qualification processes, which involve testing of our products in the customers’ systems, as well as testing for reliability. This qualification 
process may continue for several months. However, qualification of a product by a customer does not assure any sales of the product to 
that customer. Even after successful qualification and sales of a product to a customer, a subsequent revision in our third party contractors’ 
manufacturing process or our selection of a new supplier may require a new qualification process with our customers, which may result in 
delays and in our holding excess or obsolete inventory. After our products are qualified, it can take several months or more before the 
customer commences volume production of components or systems that incorporate our products. Despite these uncertainties, we devote 
substantial resources, including design, engineering, sales, marketing and management efforts, to qualifying our products with customers 
in anticipation of sales. If we are unsuccessful or delayed in qualifying any of our products with a customer, sales of those products to the 
customer may be precluded or delayed, which may impede our growth and cause our business to suffer. 

The complexity of our products could result in undetected defects and we may be subject to warranty claims and product liability, 
which could result in a decrease in customers and revenue, unexpected expenses and loss of market share. In addition, our product 
liability insurance may not adequately cover our costs arising from products defects or otherwise. 

Our products are sold as components or as modules for use in larger electronic equipment sold by our customers. A product usually 
goes  through  an  intense  qualification  and  testing  period  performed  by  our  customers  before  being  used  in  production.  We  primarily 
outsource our product testing to third parties and also perform some testing in our Westlake Village, California, facility. We inspect and 
test parts, or have them inspected and tested in order to screen out parts that may be weak or potentially suffer a defect incurred through 
the manufacturing process. From time to time, we are subject to warranty or product liability claims that may require us to make significant 
expenditures to defend these claims or pay damage awards.  

Generally, our agreements seek to limit our liability to the replacement of the part or to the revenue received for the product, but these 
limitations on liability may not be effective or sufficient in scope in all cases. If a customer’s equipment fails in use, the customer may 
incur  significant  monetary  damages  including  an  equipment  recall  or  associated  replacement  expenses,  as  well  as  lost  revenue.  The 
customer may claim that a defect in our product caused the equipment failure and assert a claim against us to recover monetary damages. 
The process of identifying a defective or potentially defective product in systems that have been widely distributed may be lengthy and 
require significant resources. We may test the affected product to determine the root cause of the problem and to determine appropriate 

10 

 
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
solutions. We may find an appropriate solution or a temporary fix while a permanent solution is being determined. If we are unable to 
determine the root cause, find an appropriate solution or offer a temporary fix, we may delay shipment to customers. As a result, we may 
incur significant replacement costs and contract damage claims from our customers as well as harm to our reputation. In certain situations, 
circumstances might warrant that we consider incurring the costs or expense related to a recall of one of our products in order to avoid the 
potential  claims  that  may  be  raised  should  the  customer  reasonably  rely  upon  our  product  only  to  suffer  a  failure  due  to  a  design  or 
manufacturing  process  defect.  Defects  in  our  products  could  harm  our  relationships  with  our  customers  and  damage  our  reputation. 
Customers may be reluctant to buy our products, which could harm our ability to retain existing customers and attract new customers and 
our financial results. In addition, the cost of defending these claims and satisfying any arbitration award or judicial judgment with respect 
to these claims could harm our business prospects and financial condition. Although we carry product liability insurance, this insurance 
may not adequately cover our costs arising from defects in our products or otherwise. 

We rely on our relationships with industry and technology leaders to enhance our product offerings and our inability to continue 

to develop or maintain such relationships in the future would harm our ability to remain competitive. 

We develop many of our semiconductor products for applications in systems that are driven by industry and technology leaders in the 
communications  and  computing  markets.  We  also  work  with  OEMs,  system  manufacturers  and  standards  bodies  to  define  industry 
conventions and standards within our target markets. We believe these relationships enhance our ability to achieve market acceptance and 
widespread adoption of our products. If we are unable to continue to develop or maintain these relationships, our semiconductor solutions 
would become less desirable to our customers, our sales would suffer and our competitive position could be harmed. 

If we fail to accurately anticipate and respond to market trends or fail to develop and introduce new or enhanced products to 
address these trends on a timely basis, our ability to attract and retain customers could be impaired and our competitive position could 
be harmed. 

We operate in industries characterized by rapidly changing technologies and industry standards as well as technological obsolescence. 
We have developed products that may have long product life cycles of 10 years or more, as well as other products in more volatile high 
growth or rapidly changing areas, which may have shorter life cycles of only two to three years. We believe that our future success depends 
on our ability to develop and introduce new technologies and products that generate new sources of revenue to replace, or build upon, 
existing product revenue streams that may be dependent upon limited product life cycles. If we are not able to repeatedly introduce, in 
successive years, new products that ship in volume, our revenue will likely not grow and may decline significantly and rapidly. In 2009, 
we successfully introduced and began to ship a new product in production which we identify as product number INSSTE32882-GS04, or 
the GS04 product, and which consists of an integrated PLL and register buffer. Sales of the GS04 product comprised 18% of our total 
revenue in 2010. In 2010, we also began to ship in production volume a “low voltage” version of our integrated PLL and register buffer, 
which is shipping in the form of product number INSSTE32882LV-GS02, or the GS02 product. Sales of the GS02 product comprised 38% 
and 32% of our total revenue in 2011 and 2010, respectively. In 2011, we began to ship in production volume a new “ultra-low voltage” 
version  of  our  integrated  PLL  and  register  buffer,  which  is  shipping  in  the  form  of  product  number  INSSTE32882UV-GS02,  or  the 
GS02UV product. Sales of the GS02UV product comprised 15%, 39% and 45% of our total revenue in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 
In 2010, we introduced and began to ship in commercial volume a dual, differential linear transimpedance amplifier that we identify as 
product  number  2850TA-SO1D.  Sales  of  2850TA-SO1D  product  comprised  10%  and  14%  of  our  total  revenue  in  2013  and  2012, 
respectively. In 2012, we introduced and began to ship in commercial volume a dual, differential input linear transimpedance/variable-gain 
amplifier that we identify as product number IN3250TA-SO2D. Sales of IN3250TA-SO2D product comprised 14% of our total revenue in 
2015 and 2014, respectively. There were no other products that generated more than 10% of our total revenue in 2015, 2014 or 2013. 

The GS02UV, GS02 and GS04 products matured in 2014, 2012 and 2011, respectively and as a result, sales of these products declined 
and were supplanted in part by newer parts which we developed. This underscores the importance of the need for us to continually develop 
and  introduce  new  products  to  diversify  our  revenue  base  as  well  as  generate  new  revenue  to  replace  and  build  upon  the  success  of 
previously introduced products which may be rapidly maturing. 

To compete successfully, we must design, develop, market and sell new or enhanced products that provide increasingly higher levels 
of performance and reliability while meeting the cost expectations of our customers. The introduction of new products by our competitors, 
the delay or cancellation of a platform for which any of our semiconductor solutions are designed, the market acceptance of products based 
on new or alternative technologies or the emergence of new industry standards could render our existing or future products uncompetitive 
from a pricing standpoint, obsolete and otherwise unmarketable. Our failure to anticipate or timely develop new or enhanced products or 
technologies in response to technological shifts could result in decreased revenue and our competitors winning design wins. In particular, 
we may experience difficulties with product design, manufacturing, marketing or certification that could delay or prevent our development, 
introduction or marketing of new or enhanced products. Although we believe our products are fully compliant with applicable industry 
standards,  proprietary  enhancements  may  not  in  the  future  result  in  full  conformance  with  existing  industry  standards  under  all 
circumstances.  Due  to  the  interdependence  of  various  components  in  the  systems  within  which  our  products  and  the  products  of  our 
competitors operate, customers are unlikely to change to another design, once adopted, until the next generation of a technology. As a 
result, if we fail to introduce new or enhanced products that meet the needs of our customers or penetrate new markets in a timely fashion, 
and our designs do not gain acceptance, we will lose market share and our competitive position, very likely on an extended basis, and 
operating results will be adversely affected. 

11 

 
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
If sufficient market demand for 100G solutions does not develop or develops more slowly than expected, or if we fail to accurately 
predict market  requirements  or market  demand  for  100G  solutions,  our  business,  competitive position  and  operating  results  would 
suffer. 

We are currently investing significant resources to develop semiconductor solutions supporting 100G data transmission rates in order 
to increase the number of such solutions in our product line. If we fail to accurately predict market requirements or market demand for 
100G semiconductor solutions, or if our 100G semiconductor solutions are not successfully developed or competitive in the industry, our 
business will suffer. If 100G networks are deployed to a lesser extent or more slowly than we currently anticipate, we may not realize any 
benefits from our investment. As a result, our business, competitive position, market share and operating results would suffer. 

Our target markets may not grow or develop as we currently expect and are subject to market risks, any of which could materially 

harm our business, revenue and operating results. 

To date, a substantial portion of our revenue has been attributable to demand for our products in the communications and computing 
markets and the growth of these overall markets. These markets have fluctuated in size and growth in recent times. Our operating results 
are impacted by various trends in these markets. These trends include the deployment and broader market adoption of next generation 
technologies, such as 100G and 100Gbe CMOS CDR and Serdes, in communications and enterprise networks, timing of next generation 
network upgrades, the introduction and broader market adoption of next generation server platforms, timing of enterprise upgrades and the 
introduction and deployment of high-speed memory interfaces in computing platforms. We are unable to predict the timing or direction of 
the development of these markets with any accuracy. In addition, because some of our products are not limited in the systems or geographic 
areas in which they may be deployed, we cannot always determine with accuracy how, where or into which applications our products are 
being deployed. If our target markets do not grow or develop in ways that we currently expect, demand for our semiconductor products 
may decrease and our business and operating results could suffer. 

We  rely  on  a  limited  number  of  third  parties  to  manufacture,  assemble  and  test  our  products,  and  the  failure  to  manage  our 
relationships with our third-party contractors successfully could adversely affect our ability to market and sell our products and our 
reputation. Our revenue and operating results would suffer if these third parties fail to deliver products or components in a timely 
manner  and  at  reasonable  cost  or  if  manufacturing  capacity  is  reduced  or  eliminated  as  we  may  be  unable  to  obtain  alternative 
manufacturing capacity. 

We operate an outsourced manufacturing business model. As a result, we rely on third-party foundry wafer fabrication and assembly 
and test capacity. We also perform testing in our Westlake Village, California, facility. We generally use a single foundry for the production 
of each of our various semiconductors. Currently, our principal foundries are Global Unichip, SEDI, TSMC, TowerJazz Semiconductor 
Ltd.,  and  WIN  Semiconductors.  We  also  use  third-party  contract  manufacturers  for  a  significant  majority  of  our  assembly  and  test 
operations, including Kyocera, OSE, ASE, Presto, EAG, AIC and STATS ChipPAC. 

Relying on third-party manufacturing, assembly and testing presents significant risks to us, including the following: 

● 

failure by us, our customers or their end customers to qualify a selected supplier; 

● 

capacity shortages during periods of high demand; 

● 

reduced control over delivery schedules and quality; 

● 

shortages of materials; 

●  misappropriation of our intellectual property; 

● 

limited warranties on wafers or products supplied to us; and 

● 

potential increases in prices. 

The ability and willingness of our third-party contractors to perform is largely outside our control. If one or more of our contract 
manufacturers or other outsourcers fails to perform its obligations in a timely manner or at satisfactory quality levels, our ability to bring 
products to market and our reputation could suffer. For example, if that manufacturing capacity is reduced or eliminated at one or more 
facilities, including as a response to the recent worldwide decline in the semiconductor industry, or any of those facilities are unable to 
keep pace with the growth of our business, we could have difficulties fulfilling our customer orders and our revenue could decline. In 
addition, if these third parties fail to deliver quality products and components on time and at reasonable prices, we could have difficulties 
fulfilling our customer orders, our revenue could decline and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely 
affected. 

Additionally, as many of our fabrication and assembly and test contractors are located in the Pacific Rim region, principally in Taiwan, 
our  manufacturing  capacity  may  be  similarly  reduced  or  eliminated  due  to  natural  disasters,  political  unrest,  war,  labor  strikes,  work 
stoppages or public health crises, such as outbreaks of H1N1 flu. This could cause significant delays in shipments of our products until we 

12 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
are able to shift our manufacturing, assembly or test from the affected contractor to another third-party vendor. There can be no assurance 
that alternative capacity could be obtained on favorable terms, if at all. 

Our costs may increase substantially if the wafer foundries that supply our products do not achieve satisfactory product yields or 

quality. 

The wafer fabrication process is an extremely complicated process where the slightest changes in the design, specifications or materials 
can result in material decreases in manufacturing yields or even the suspension of production. From time to time, our third-party wafer 
foundries  have  experienced, and are  likely to  experience,  manufacturing  defects  and  reduced  manufacturing yields  related  to  errors  or 
problems in their manufacturing processes or the interrelationship of their processes with our designs. In some cases, our third-party wafer 
foundries may not be able to detect these defects early in the fabrication process or determine the cause of such defects in a timely manner. 
We may incur substantial research and development expense for prototype or development stage products as we qualify the products for 
production. 

Generally, in pricing our semiconductors, we assume that manufacturing yields will continue to increase, even as the complexity of 
our semiconductors increases. Once our semiconductors are initially qualified with our third-party wafer foundries, minimum acceptable 
yields are established. We are responsible for the costs of the wafers if the actual yield is above the minimum. If actual yields are below 
the minimum we are not required to purchase the wafers. The minimum acceptable yields for our new products are generally lower at first 
and increase as we achieve full production. Unacceptably low product yields or other product manufacturing problems could substantially 
increase the overall production time and costs and adversely impact our operating results on sales of our products. Product yield losses will 
increase our costs and reduce our gross margin. In addition to significantly harming our operating results and cash flow, poor yields may 
delay shipment of our products and harm our relationships with existing and potential customers. 

We do not have any long-term supply contracts with our contract manufacturers or suppliers, and any disruption in our supply of 

products or materials could have a material adverse effect on our business, revenue and operating results. 

We currently do not have long-term supply contracts with any of our third-party contract manufacturers. We make substantially all of 
our purchases on a purchase order basis, and our contract manufacturers are not required to supply us products for any specific period or 
in any specific quantity. We expect that it would take approximately nine to 12 months to transition from our current foundry or assembly 
services to new providers. Such a transition would likely require a qualification process by our customers or their end customers. We 
generally place orders for products with some of our suppliers several months prior to the anticipated delivery date, with order volumes 
based on our forecasts of demand from our customers. Accordingly, if we inaccurately forecast demand for our products, we may be unable 
to  obtain  adequate  and  cost-effective  foundry  or  assembly  capacity  from  our  third-party  contractors  to  meet  our  customers’  delivery 
requirements, or we may accumulate excess inventories. On occasion, we have been unable to adequately respond to unexpected increases 
in  customer  purchase  orders  and  therefore,  were  unable  to  benefit  from  this  incremental  demand.  None  of  our  third-party  contract 
manufacturers have provided any assurance to us that adequate capacity will be available to us within the time required to meet additional 
demand for our products. 

Our  foundry  vendors  and  assembly  and  test  vendors  may  allocate  capacity  to  the  production  of  other  companies’  products  while 
reducing deliveries to us on short notice. In particular, other customers that are larger and better financed than us or that have long-term 
agreements with our foundry vendor or assembly and test vendors may cause our foundry vendor or assembly and test vendors to reallocate 
capacity to those customers, decreasing the capacity available to us. We do not have long-term supply contracts with our third-party contract 
manufacturers and if we enter into costly arrangements with suppliers that include nonrefundable deposits or loans in exchange for capacity 
commitments, commitments to purchase specified quantities over extended periods or investment in a foundry, our operating results could 
be harmed. We may not be able to make any such arrangement in a timely fashion or at all, and any arrangements may be costly, reduce 
our financial flexibility, and not be on terms favorable to us. Moreover, if we are able to secure foundry capacity, we may be obligated to 
use all of that capacity or incur penalties. These penalties may be expensive and could harm our financial results. To date, we have not 
entered into such arrangements with our suppliers. If we need another foundry or assembly and test subcontractor because of increased 
demand, or if we are unable to obtain timely and adequate deliveries from our providers, we might not be able to cost effectively and 
quickly retain other vendors to satisfy our requirements. 

Many of our customers depend on us as the sole source for a number of our products. If we are unable to deliver these products 

as the sole supplier or as one of a limited number of suppliers, our relationships with these customers and our business would suffer. 

A number of our customers do not have alternative sources for our semiconductor solutions and depend on us as the sole supplier or 
as one of a limited number of suppliers for these products. Since we outsource our manufacturing to third- party contractors, our ability to 
deliver our products is substantially dependent on the ability and willingness of our third- party contractors to perform, which is largely 
outside our control. A failure to deliver our products in sufficient quantities or at all to our customers that depend on us as a sole supplier 
or as one of a limited number of suppliers may be detrimental to their business and, as a result, our relationship with the customer would 
be negatively impacted. If we are unable to maintain our relationships with these customers after such failure, our business and financial 
results may be harmed. 

13 

 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
If we are unable to attract, train and retain qualified personnel, particularly our design and technical personnel, we may not be 

able to execute our business strategy effectively. 

Our future success depends on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, including our management, sales and marketing, 
and finance, and particularly our design and technical personnel. We do not know whether we will be able to retain all of these personnel 
as we continue to pursue our business strategy. Historically, we have encountered difficulties in hiring qualified engineers because there is 
a limited pool of engineers with the expertise required in our field. Competition for these personnel is intense in the semiconductor industry. 
As the source of our technological and product innovations, our design and technical personnel represent a significant asset. The loss of 
the services of one or more of our key employees, especially our key design and technical personnel, or our inability to attract and retain 
qualified design and technical personnel, could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We may not be able to effectively manage our growth, and we may need to incur significant expenditures to address the additional 

operational and control requirements of our growth, either of which could harm our business and operating results. 

To effectively manage our growth, we must continue to expand our operational, engineering and financial systems, procedures and 
controls and to improve our accounting and other internal management systems. This may require substantial managerial and financial 
resources, and our efforts in this regard may not be successful. Our current systems, procedures and controls may not be adequate to support 
our future operations. If we fail to adequately manage our growth, or to improve our operational, financial and management information 
systems, or fail to effectively motivate or manage our new and future employees, the quality of our products and the management of our 
operations could suffer, which could adversely affect our operating results. 

We face intense competition and expect competition to increase in the future. If we fail to compete effectively, it could have an 

adverse effect on our revenue, revenue growth rate, if any, and market share. 

The global semiconductor market in general, and the communications and computing markets in particular, are highly competitive. 
We compete or plan to compete in different target markets to various degrees on the basis of a number of principal competitive factors, 
including  product  performance,  power  budget,  features  and  functionality,  customer  relationships,  size,  ease  of  system  design,  product 
roadmap,  reputation  and  reliability,  customer  support  and  price.  We  expect  competition  to  increase  and  intensify  as  more  and  larger 
semiconductor companies enter our markets. Increased competition could result in price pressure, reduced profitability and loss of market 
share, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business, revenue and operating results. 

Currently, our competitors range from large, international companies offering a wide range of semiconductor products to smaller 
companies specializing in narrow markets. Our primary competitors include Avago Technologies Ltd., Broadcom Corporation, GigOptix, 
Inc.,  Integrated  Device  Technology,  Inc.,  M/A-COM  Technology  Solutions  Inc.,  Maxlinear,  Inc.,  Microsemi  Corporation,  Montage 
Technology Group Limited, PMC-Sierra, Inc., Qorvo, Inc., Semtech Corp. and Texas Instruments Incorporated as well as other analog 
signal processing companies. We expect competition in the markets in which we participate to increase in the future as existing competitors 
improve or expand their product offerings. 

Our  ability  to  compete  successfully  depends  on  elements  both  within  and  outside  of  our  control,  including  industry  and  general 
economic trends. During past periods of downturns in our industry, competition in the markets in which we operate intensified as our 
customers reduced their purchase orders. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial and other resources with which to 
withstand similar adverse economic or market conditions in the future. These developments may materially and adversely affect our current 
and future target markets and our ability to compete successfully in those markets. 

We use a significant amount of intellectual property in our business. Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property can 

be difficult and costly and if we are unable to protect our intellectual property, our business could be adversely affected. 

Our success depends in part upon our ability to protect our intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of 
intellectual property rights, including patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets in the United States and in selected foreign countries 
where  we  believe  filing  for  such  protection  is  appropriate.  Effective  protection  of  our  intellectual  property  rights  may  be  unavailable, 
limited or not applied for in some countries. Some of our products and technologies are not covered by any patent or patent application, as 
we do not believe patent protection of these products and technologies is critical to our business strategy at this time. A failure to timely 
seek  patent  protection  on  products  or  technologies  generally  precludes  us  from  seeking  future  patent  protection  on  these  products  or 
technologies. We cannot guarantee that: 

● 

any of our present or future patents or patent claims will not lapse or be invalidated, circumvented, challenged or abandoned; 

● 

our intellectual property rights will provide competitive advantages to us; 

● 

our ability to assert our intellectual property rights against potential competitors or to settle current or future disputes will not be
limited by our agreements with third parties; 

● 

any of our pending or future patent applications will be issued or have the coverage originally sought; 

14 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
● 

● 

our intellectual property rights will be enforced in jurisdictions where competition may be intense or where legal protection may 
be weak; 

any of the trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights that we presently employ in our business will 
not lapse or be invalidated, circumvented, challenged or abandoned; or 

●  we will not lose the ability to assert our intellectual property rights against or to license our technology to others and collect 

royalties or other payments. 

In  addition,  our  competitors  or  others  may  design  around  our  protected  patents  or  technologies.  Effective  intellectual  property 
protection may be unavailable or more limited in one or more relevant jurisdictions relative to those protections available in the United 
States, or may not be applied for in one or more relevant jurisdictions. If we pursue litigation to assert our intellectual property rights, an 
adverse  decision  in  any  of  these  legal  actions  could  limit  our  ability  to  assert  our  intellectual  property  rights,  limit  the  value  of  our 
technology or otherwise negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property may 
have occurred or may occur in the future. Although we have taken steps to minimize the risk of this occurring, any such failure to identify 
unauthorized  use  and  otherwise  adequately  protect  our  intellectual  property  would  adversely  affect  our  business.  Moreover,  if  we  are 
required to commence litigation, whether as a plaintiff or defendant, not only would this be time-consuming, but we would also be forced 
to incur significant costs and divert our attention and efforts of our employees, which could, in turn, result in lower revenue and higher 
expenses. 

We also rely on contractual protections with our customers, suppliers, distributors, employees and consultants, and we implement 
security measures designed to protect our trade secrets. We cannot be sure that these contractual protections and security measures will not 
be breached, that we will have adequate remedies for any such breach or that our suppliers, employees or consultants will not assert rights 
to intellectual property arising out of such contracts. 

In addition, we have a number of third-party patent and intellectual property license agreements. Some of these license agreements 
require us to make one-time payments or ongoing royalty payments. We cannot guarantee that the third- party patents and technology we 
license will not be licensed to our competitors or others in the semiconductor industry. In the future, we may need to obtain additional 
licenses,  renew  existing  license  agreements  or  otherwise  replace  existing  technology.  We  are  unable  to  predict  whether  these  license 
agreements can be obtained or renewed or the technology can be replaced on acceptable terms, or at all. 

Average selling prices of our products generally decrease over time, which could negatively impact our revenue and gross margins. 

Our operating results may be impacted by a decline in the average selling prices of our semiconductors. If competition increases in 
our target markets, we may need to reduce the average unit price of our products in anticipation of competitive pricing pressures, new 
product introductions by us or our competitors and for other reasons. If we are unable to offset any reductions in our average selling prices 
by increasing our sales volumes or introducing new products with higher margins, our revenue and gross margins will suffer. To maintain 
our revenue and gross margins, we must develop and introduce new products and product enhancements on a timely basis and continually 
reduce our costs as well as our customers’ costs. Failure to do so would cause our revenue and gross margins to decline. 

We are subject to order and shipment uncertainties, and differences between our estimates of customer demand and product mix 

and our actual results could negatively affect our inventory levels, sales and operating results. 

Our revenue is generated on the basis of purchase orders with our customers rather than long-term purchase commitments. In addition, 
our  customers  can  cancel  purchase  orders  or  defer  the  shipments  of  our  products  under  certain  circumstances.  Our  products  are 
manufactured using semiconductor foundries according to our estimates of customer demand, which requires us to make separate demand 
forecast assumptions for every customer, each of which may introduce significant variability into our aggregate estimates. It is difficult for 
us to forecast the demand for our products, in part because of the complex supply chain between us and the end-user markets that incorporate 
our products. Due to our lengthy product development cycle, it is critical for us to anticipate changes in demand for our various product 
features and the applications they serve to allow sufficient time for product development and design. We have limited visibility into future 
customer demand and the product mix that our customers will require, which could adversely affect our revenue forecasts and operating 
margins. Moreover, because some of our target markets are relatively new, many of our customers have difficulty accurately forecasting 
their product requirements and estimating the timing of their new product introductions, which ultimately affects their demand for our 
products. Our failure to accurately forecast demand can lead to product shortages that can impede production by our customers and harm 
our customer relationships. Conversely, our failure to forecast declining demand or shifts in product mix can result in excess or obsolete 
inventory. For example, some of our customers may cancel purchase orders or delay the shipment of their products that incorporate our 
products as a result of component shortages they may experience due to the earthquakes and tsunami in Japan, or likewise with respect to 
the flooding in Thailand, which may result in excess or obsolete inventory and impact our sales and operating results. In addition, the rapid 
pace of innovation in our industry could also render significant portions of our inventory obsolete. Excess or obsolete inventory levels 
could result in unexpected expenses or increases in our reserves that could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial 
condition. In contrast, if we were to underestimate customer demand or if sufficient manufacturing capacity were unavailable, we could 
forego  revenue  opportunities,  potentially  lose  market  share  and  damage  our  customer  relationships.  In  addition,  any  significant  future 

15 

 
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
cancellations or deferrals of product orders or the return of previously sold products due to manufacturing defects could materially and 
adversely impact our profit margins, increase our write-offs due to product obsolescence and restrict our ability to fund our operations. 

We rely on third-party sales representatives and distributors to assist in selling our products. If we fail to retain or find additional 

sales representatives and distributors, or if any of these parties fail to perform as expected, it could reduce our future sales. 

In  2015,  we  derived  78%  of  our  total  revenue  from  sales  by  our  direct  sales  team  and  third-party  sales  representatives  and 
approximately 22% of our sales were made through third-party distributors. In 2014 and 2013, we derived 84% of our total revenue from 
sales by our direct sales team and third-party sales representatives. In addition, in 2014 and 2013, approximately 16% of our sales were 
made through third- party distributors, respectively. Two of our distributors, which sell solely to Micron, accounted for 11% our total 
revenue in 2013. We are unable to predict the extent to which these third-party sales representatives and distributors will be successful in 
marketing  and  selling  our  products.  Moreover,  many  of  these  third-party  sales  representatives  and  distributors  also  market  and  sell 
competing products, which may affect the extent to which they promote our products. Even where our relationships are formalized in 
contracts, our third-party sales representatives and distributors often have the right to terminate their relationships with us at any time. Our 
future performance will also depend, in part, on our ability to attract additional third- party sales representatives and distributors who will 
be able to market and support our products effectively, especially in markets in which we have not previously sold our products. If we 
cannot  retain  our  current  distributors  or  find  additional  or  replacement  third-party  sales  representatives  and  distributors,  our  business, 
financial condition and results of operations could be harmed. Additionally, if we terminate our relationship with a distributor, we may be 
obligated to repurchase unsold products. We record a reserve for estimated returns and price credits. If actual returns and credits exceed 
our estimates, our operating results could be harmed. 

The facilities of our third-party contractors and distributors are located in regions that are subject to earthquakes and other natural 

disasters. 

The facilities of our third-party contractors and distributors are subject to risk of catastrophic loss due to fire, flood or other natural or 
man-made disasters. A number of our facilities and those of our contract manufacturers are located in areas with above average seismic 
activity and also subject to typhoons and other Pacific storms. Several foundries that manufacture our wafers are located in Taiwan, Japan 
and  California,  and  a  majority  of  our  third-party  contractors  who  assemble  and  test  our  products  are  located  in  Asia.  In  addition,  our 
headquarters are located in California. The risk of an earthquake in the Pacific Rim region or California is significant due to the proximity 
of  major  earthquake  fault  lines.  Any  catastrophic  loss  to  any  of  these  facilities  would  likely  disrupt  our  operations,  delay  production, 
shipments and revenue and result in significant expenses to repair or replace the facility. In particular, any catastrophic loss at our California 
locations would materially and adversely affect our business. 

We rely on third-party technologies for the development of our products and our inability to use such technologies in the future 

would harm our ability to remain competitive. 

We  rely  on  third  parties  for  technologies  that  are  integrated  into  our  products,  such  as  wafer  fabrication  and  assembly  and  test 
technologies used by our contract manufacturers, as well as licensed architecture technologies. If we are unable to continue to use or license 
these technologies on reasonable terms, or if these technologies fail to operate properly, we may not be able to secure alternatives in a 
timely  manner  or  at  all,  and  our  ability  to  remain  competitive  would  be  harmed.  In  addition,  if  we  are  unable  to  successfully  license 
technology from third parties to develop future products, we may not be able to develop such products in a timely manner or at all. 

Our business would be adversely affected by the departure of existing members of our senior management team and other key 

personnel. 

Our success depends, in large part, on the continued contributions of our senior management team, in particular, the services of certain 
key  personnel,  including  Dr.  Loi  Nguyen,  one  of  our  founders and  our  Senior  Vice  President  of Optical  Interconnect.  Changes in our 
management  team  could  negatively  affect  our  operations  and  our  relationships  with  our  customers,  employees  and  market  leaders.  In 
addition, we have not entered into non-compete agreements with members of our senior management team. The loss of any member of our 
senior management team or key personnel could harm our ability to implement our business strategy and respond to the rapidly changing 
market conditions in which we operate. 

We may acquire other businesses, form joint ventures or make investments in other companies or technologies that disrupt our 
business,  be  difficult  to  integrate,  impair  our  operating  results,  dilute  our  stockholders’  ownership,  increase  our  debt,  divert 
management resources or cause us to incur significant expense. 

As part of our business strategy, we have pursued and may continue to pursue in the future acquisitions of businesses and assets, as 
well as technology licensing arrangements that we believe will complement our business, semiconductor solutions or technologies. We 
also  may  pursue  strategic  alliances  that  leverage  our  core  technology  and  industry  experience  to  expand  our  product  offerings  or 
distribution, or make investments in other companies. Any acquisition involves a number of risks, many of which could harm our business, 
including: 

● 

difficulty in integrating the operations, technologies, products, existing contracts, accounting and personnel of the target company 
or business; 

16 

 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
● 

realizing the anticipated benefits of any acquisition; 

● 

difficulty in transitioning and supporting customers, if any, of the target company; 

● 

diversion of financial and management resources from existing operations; 

● 

● 

the risk that the price we pay or other resources that we devote may exceed the value we realize, or the value we could have
realized if we had allocated the purchase price or other resources to another opportunity; 

potential  loss  of  key  employees,  customers  and  strategic  alliances  from  either  our  current  business  or  the  target  company’s 
business; 

● 

assumption of unanticipated problems or latent liabilities, such as problems with the quality of the acquired products; 

● 

inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset acquisition costs; 

● 

dilutive effect on our stock as a result of any equity-based acquisitions; 

● 

inability to successfully complete transactions with a suitable acquisition candidate; and 

● 

in the event of international acquisitions, risks associated with accounting and business practices that are different from applicable
U.S. practices and requirements. 

Acquisitions also frequently result in the recording of goodwill and other intangible assets that are subject to potential impairments, 
which could harm our financial results. As a result, if we fail to properly evaluate acquisitions or investments, it may impair our ability to 
achieve the anticipated benefits of any such acquisitions or investments, and we may incur costs in excess of what we anticipate. The failure 
to successfully evaluate and execute acquisitions or investments or otherwise adequately address these risks could materially harm our 
business and financial results. 

To finance any acquisitions or investments, we may choose to issue shares of our common stock or convertible debt as consideration, 
which could dilute the ownership of our stockholders. If the price of our common stock is low or volatile, we may not be able to acquire 
other  companies  for  stock.  In  addition,  newly-issued  securities  may  have  rights,  preferences  or  privileges  senior  to  those  of  existing 
stockholders. If we raise additional funds by obtaining loans from third parties, the terms of those financing arrangements may include 
negative  covenants  or  other  restrictions on  our business  that could impair  our  operating  flexibility,  and  would  also  require  us  to incur 
interest expense. Additional funds may not be available on terms that are favorable to us, or at all. 

Our portfolio of marketable securities is significant and subject to market, interest and credit risk that may reduce its value. 

We maintain a significant portfolio of marketable securities. Changes in the value of this portfolio could adversely affect our earnings. 
In  particular,  the  value  of  our  investments  may  decline  due  to  increases  in  interest  rates,  downgrades  of  money  market  funds,  U.S. 
Treasuries, municipal bonds, corporate bonds, certificates of deposit and asset backed securities included in our portfolio, instability in the 
global financial markets that reduces the liquidity of securities included in our portfolio, declines in the value of collateral underlying the 
asset-backed  securities included in  our  portfolio and  other factors.  Each  of  these  events  may  cause  us  to  record charges  to  reduce  the 
carrying value of our investment portfolio or sell investments for less than our acquisition cost. Although we attempt to mitigate these risks 
by investing in high quality securities and continuously monitoring our portfolio’s overall risk profile, the value of our investments may 
nevertheless decline. 

Tax benefits that we receive may be terminated or reduced in the future, which would increase our costs. 

We continue to expand our international presence to take advantage of the opportunity to recruit additional engineering design talent, 
as well as to more closely align our operations geographically with our customers and suppliers in Asia. In certain international jurisdictions, 
we have also entered into agreements with local governments to provide us with, among other things, favorable local tax rates if certain 
minimum criteria are met. These agreements may require us to meet several requirements as to investment, headcount and activities to 
retain this status. We currently believe that we will be able to meet all the terms and conditions specified in these agreements. However, if 
adverse changes in the economy or changes in technology affect international demand for our products in an unforeseen manner or if we 
fail to otherwise meet the conditions of the local agreements, we may be subject to additional taxes, which in turn would increase our costs. 

Changes in our effective tax rate may harm our results of operations. A number of factors may increase our future effective tax rates, 

including: 

● 

the jurisdictions in which profits are determined to be earned and taxed; 

● 

the resolution of issues arising from tax audits with various tax authorities; 

17 

 
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
● 

changes in the measurement of our deferred tax assets and liabilities and in deferred tax valuation allowances; 

● 

changes in the value of assets or services transferred or provided from one jurisdiction to another; 

● 

adjustments to income taxes upon finalization of various tax returns; 

● 

increases in expenses not deductible for tax purposes, including write-offs of acquired in-process research and development and
impairments of goodwill in connection with acquisitions; 

● 

changes in available tax credits; 

● 

changes in tax laws or the interpretation of such tax laws, and changes in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; and 

● 

a decision to repatriate non-U.S. earnings for which we have not previously provided for U.S. taxes. 

We are subject to regulatory compliance requirements, including Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which are costly 

to comply with, and our failure to comply with these requirements could harm our business and operating results. 

As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses related to compliance with laws such as Section 404 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Compliance with Section 404 requires that our management report on, and our independent registered 
public accounting firm attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our annual reports on Form 10-K. 
Section 404 compliance has in the past diverted, and may continue to divert, internal resources, and require a significant amount of time 
and effort. If we fail to comply with Section 404, or if in the future our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or independent 
registered  public  accounting  firm  determines  that  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  not  effective,  we  could  be  subject  to 
sanctions or investigations by The New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, or other 
regulatory authorities. 

Furthermore,  investor  perceptions  of  our  company  may  suffer,  and  this  could  cause  a  decline  in  the  market  price  of  our  stock. 
Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our stated results 
of operations and harm our reputation. 

The conditional conversion feature of our convertible senior notes, if triggered, may adversely affect our financial condition and 

operating results. 

In the event the conditional conversion feature of our convertible senior notes is triggered, holders of notes will be entitled to convert 
the notes at any time during specified periods at their option. If one or more holders elect to convert their notes, unless we elect to satisfy 
our conversion obligation by delivering solely shares of our common stock (other than paying cash in lieu of delivering any fractional 
share), we would be required to settle a portion or all of our conversion obligation through the payment of cash, which could adversely 
affect our liquidity. In addition, even if holders do not elect to convert their notes, we could be required under applicable accounting rules 
to reclassify all or a portion of the outstanding principal of the notes as a current rather than long-term liability, which would result in a 
material reduction of our net working capital. 

The accounting method for convertible debt securities that may be settled in cash, such as the notes, could have a material effect 

on our reported financial results. 

Under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options, which we refer to as ASC 470-20, an 
entity must separately account for the liability and equity components of the convertible debt instruments (such as the notes) that may be 
settled entirely or partially in cash upon conversion in a manner that reflects the issuer’s economic interest cost. The effect of ASC 470-20 
on  the  accounting  for  the  notes  is  that  the  equity  component  is  required  to  be  included  in  the  additional  paid-in  capital  section  of 
stockholders’  equity  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheet,  and  the  value  of  the  equity  component  would  be  treated  as  debt  discount  for 
purposes of accounting for the debt component of the notes. As a result, we are required to record a greater amount of non-cash interest 
expense in current periods presented as a result of the amortization of the discounted carrying value of the notes to their face amount over 
the term of the notes. We will report lower net income in our financial results because ASC 470-20 will require interest to include both the 
current  period’s  amortization  of  the  debt  discount  and  the  instrument’s  non-convertible  interest  rate,  which  could  adversely  affect  our 
reported or future financial results, the trading price of our common stock and the trading price of the notes. 

In addition, under certain circumstances, convertible debt instruments (such as the notes) that may be settled entirely or partly in cash 
are currently accounted for utilizing the treasury stock method, the effect of which is that the shares issuable upon conversion of the notes 
are not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share except to the extent that the conversion value of the notes exceeds their 
principal amount. Under the treasury stock method, for diluted earnings per share purposes, the transaction is accounted for as if the number 
of shares of common stock that would be necessary to settle such excess, if we elected to settle such excess in shares, are issued. We cannot 
be sure that the accounting standards in the future will continue to permit the use of the treasury stock method. If we are unable to use the 
treasury stock method in accounting for the shares issuable upon conversion of the notes, then our diluted earnings per share would be 
adversely affected. 

18 

 
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We are leveraged financially, which could adversely affect our ability to adjust our business to respond to competitive pressures 

and to obtain sufficient funds to satisfy our future growth, business needs and development plans.  

We have substantial existing indebtedness. In December 2015, we issued $230.0 million aggregate principal amount of convertible 

senior notes. The degree to which we are leveraged could have negative consequences, including, but not limited to, the following: 

•  we may be more vulnerable to economic downturns, less able to withstand competitive pressures and less flexible in responding

to changing business and economic conditions; 

• 

• 

our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate or 
other purposes may be limited; 

a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations in the future may be required for the payment of the principal amount of
our existing indebtedness when it becomes due; and 

•  we may elect to make cash payments upon any conversion of the convertible notes, which would reduce our cash on hand. 

Our ability to meet our payment obligations under our convertible notes depends on our ability to generate significant cash flow in 
the future. This, to some extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, and regulatory factors as well as other 
factors that are beyond our control. There can be no assurance that our business will generate cash flow from operations, or that additional 
capital will be available to us, in an amount sufficient to enable us to meet our debt payment obligations and to fund other liquidity needs. 
If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt obligations, we may need to refinance or restructure our debt, sell 
assets,  reduce  or  delay  capital  investments,  or  seek  to  raise  additional  capital.  If  we  were  unable  to  implement  one  or  more  of  these 
alternatives, we may be unable to meet our debt payment obligations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results 
of operations, or financial condition. 

Risks Related to the Cortina Acquisition 

We may not realize the anticipated benefits of our acquisition of Cortina, which in turn could harm our business and operating 

results. 

We  may  not  achieve  all  of  the  anticipated  benefits  of  our  acquisition  of  Cortina’s  high-speed  interconnect  and  optical  transport 
business due to a number of factors including: unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition, incurrence of acquisition-
related costs, harm to our relationships with existing customers as a result of the acquisition, harm to our brands and reputation, the loss of 
key Cortina employees, and the use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business. Finally, the acquisition could result in 
significant goodwill impairment charges, amortization expenses for other intangible assets and exposure to potential unknown liabilities. 
For  example,  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015,  we  abandoned  a  project  related  to  in-process  research  and  development  and 
recorded an impairment charge of $1.8 million. We may incur additional charges, expenses and costs in the future, which may in turn have 
a material adverse effect on our results of operations. 

Our business, particularly the high-speed interconnect and optical transport business, is dependent on capital expenditures by 

service providers, and any downturn that they experience could negatively impact our business. 

Our business, particularly the high-speed interconnect and optical transport business we acquired in connection with our acquisition 
of  Cortina,  depends  on  continued  capital  expenditures  by  service  providers  and  is  subject  to  the  cyclicality  of  such  expenditures.  Our 
communications  semiconductor  products  are  sold  primarily  to  network  equipment  vendors  that  in  turn  sell  their  equipment  to  service 
providers.  If  the  demand  for  our  customers’  products  declines  or  fails  to  increase, as  a  result  of lower  capital expenditures  by  service 
providers or any other factors, demand for our products will be similarly affected. The global economic downturn caused a significant 
reduction in capital spending on communications network equipment. While we are beginning to see improvement, there are no guarantees 
that this growth will continue, which could result in market volatility or another downturn. If there is another downturn, our business, 
operating results and financial condition may be materially harmed. 

Cortina’s high-speed interconnect and optical transport business has historically relied on a small number of key customers for a 
substantial portion of its revenue, and the loss of one or more of these key customers or the diminished demand for these products from 
one or more such key customers could negatively affect our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of our acquisition of Cortina. 

A  small  number  of  customers  have  historically  accounted  for  a  substantial  portion  of  Cortina’s  revenues  from  its  high-speed 
interconnect and optical transport business in any particular period. We anticipate that our relationships with these key customers will 
continue to be important to this business, and we expect that this customer concentration will increase in the future. We have no long-term 
volume purchase commitments from our key customers. These customers may decide not to purchase our products at all, may purchase 
fewer products than they did in the past or may otherwise alter their purchasing patterns. Reductions, delays and cancellation of orders 
from our key customers or the loss of one or more key customers would significantly reduce our revenue and profits. 

19 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
The failure of our distributors to perform as expected could materially reduce our future revenue or negatively impact our reported 

financial results. 

Cortina’s high-speed interconnect and optical transport business has historically relied on a number of distributors, in particular Arrow 
Electronics, Inc. and Dragon Technology Distribution (HK) Limited, to help generate customer demand, provide technical support and 
other  value-added  services  to  its  customers,  fill  customer  orders  and  stock  its  products.  These  distributors  do  not  sell  those  products 
exclusively,  and  to  the  extent  they  choose  to  emphasize  a  competitor’s  products  over  our  products,  our  results  of  operations  could  be 
harmed. Our contracts with these distributors may be terminated by either party with notice. Our distributors are located all over the world, 
and are of various sizes and financial conditions. Lower sales, lower earnings, debt downgrades, the inability to access capital markets and 
higher interest rates could potentially affect our distributors’ operations. Further, our distributors have contractual rights to return unsold 
inventory to  us, and,  if  this  were  to  happen,  we could incur  significant  cost  in  finding  alternative  sales channels  for these  products  or 
through write-offs. Any adverse condition experienced by our distributors could negatively impact their level of support for our products 
or the rate at which they make payments to us and, consequently, could harm our results of operations. We rely on accurate and timely 
sales reports from our distributors in order for our financial results to represent the actual sales that our distributors make for us in any 
given period. Any inaccuracies or delays in these reports could negatively affect our ability to produce accurate and timely financial reports 
and to recognize revenue. We also rely on distributors for sales forecasts, and any inaccuracies in such forecasts could impair the accuracy 
of our projections and planned operations. 

Risks Related to Our Industry 

We may be unable to make the substantial and productive research and development investments, which are required to remain 

competitive in our business. 

The semiconductor industry requires substantial investment in research and development in order to develop and bring to market new 
and enhanced technologies and products. Many of our products originated with our research and development efforts and have provided 
us with a significant competitive advantage. Our research and development expense was $106.4 million in 2015, $70.9 million in 2014 and 
$50.5 million in 2013. We are committed to investing in new product development in order to remain competitive in our target markets. 
We do not know whether we will have sufficient resources to maintain the level of investment in research and development required to 
remain competitive. In addition, we cannot be sure that the technologies which are the focus of our research and development expenditures 
will become commercially successful. 

Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected by worldwide economic conditions, as well 

as political and economic conditions in the countries in which we conduct business. 

Our  business  and  operating  results  are  impacted  by  worldwide  economic  conditions.  Uncertainty  about  current  global  economic 
conditions may cause businesses to continue to postpone spending in response to tighter credit, unemployment or negative financial news. 
This  in  turn  could  have  a  material  negative  effect  on  the  demand  for  our  semiconductor  products  or  the  products  into  which  our 
semiconductors are incorporated. Multiple factors relating to our international operations and to particular countries in which we operate 
could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. These factors include: 

● 

changes in political, regulatory, legal or economic conditions; 

● 

restrictive governmental actions, such as restrictions on the transfer or repatriation of funds and foreign investments and trade 
protection measures, including export duties and quotas and customs duties and tariffs; 

● 

disruptions of capital and trading markets; 

● 

changes in import or export requirements; 

● 

transportation delays; 

● 

civil disturbances or political instability; 

● 

geopolitical turmoil, including terrorism, war or political or military coups; 

● 

public health emergencies; 

● 

differing employment practices and labor standards; 

● 

limitations on our ability under local laws to protect our intellectual property; 

● 

local business and cultural factors that differ from our customary standards and practices; 

● 

nationalization and expropriation; 

20 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
● 

changes in tax or intellectual property laws; 

● 

currency fluctuations relating to our international operating activities; and 

● 

difficulty in obtaining distribution and support. 

A significant portion of our products are manufactured, assembled and tested outside the United States. Any conflict or uncertainty in 
these countries, including due to natural disasters, public health concerns, political unrest or safety concerns, could harm our business, 
financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if the government of any country in which our products are manufactured or sold 
sets technical standards for products manufactured in or imported into their country that are not widely shared, it may lead some of our 
customers  to  suspend  imports  of  their  products  into  that  country,  require  manufacturers  in  that  country  to  manufacture  products  with 
different technical standards and disrupt cross-border manufacturing relationships which, in each case, could harm our business. 

Changes in current or future laws or regulations or the imposition of new laws or regulations, including new or changed tax 
regulations,  environmental  laws  and  export  control  laws,  or  new  interpretations  thereof,  by  federal  or  state  agencies  or  foreign 
governments could impair our ability to compete in international markets. 

Changes in current laws or regulations applicable to us or the imposition of new laws and regulations in the United States or other 
jurisdictions  in  which  we  do  business,  such  as  China,  Japan,  Korea,  Singapore  and  Taiwan,  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, we have entered into agreements with local governments to provide 
us with, among other things, favorable local tax rates if certain minimum criteria are met, as discussed in our risk factor entitled “Tax 
benefits that we received may be terminated or reduced in the future, which would increase our costs.” These agreements may require us 
to meet several requirements as to investment, headcount and activities to retain this status. If we fail to otherwise meet the conditions of 
the local agreements, we may be subject to additional taxes, which in turn would increase our costs. In addition, potential future U.S. tax 
legislation could impact the tax benefits we effectively realize under these agreements. 

Due to environmental concerns, the use of lead and other hazardous substances in electronic components and systems is receiving 
increased attention. In response, the European Union passed the Restriction on Hazardous Substances, or RoHS, Directive, legislation that 
limits the use of lead and other hazardous substances in electrical equipment. The RoHS Directive became effective July 1, 2006. We 
believe that our current product designs and material supply chains are in compliance with the RoHS Directive. If our product designs or 
material supply chains are deemed not to be in compliance with the RoHS Directive, we and our third party manufacturers may need to 
redesign products with components meeting the requirements of the RoHS Directive and we may incur additional expense as well as loss 
of market share and damage to our reputation. 

We are also subject to export control laws, regulations and requirements that limit which products we sell and where and to whom we 
sell our products. In some cases, it is possible that export licenses would be required from U.S. government agencies for some of our 
products in accordance with the Export Administration Regulations and the International Traffic in Arms Regulations. We may not be 
successful in obtaining the necessary export licenses in all instances. Any limitation on our ability to export or sell our products imposed 
by these laws would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, changes in our products or 
changes in export and import laws and implementing regulations may create delays in the introduction of new products in international 
markets, prevent our customers from deploying our products internationally or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our products 
to certain countries altogether. While we are not aware of any other current or proposed export or import regulations which would materially 
restrict our ability to sell our products in countries such as China, Japan, Korea, Singapore or Taiwan, any change in export or import 
regulations or related legislation, shift in approach to the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, persons 
or technologies targeted by these regulations, could result in decreased use of our products by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell 
our products to, existing or potential customers with international operations. In such event, our business and results of operations could 
be adversely affected. In addition, we are subject to economic and trade sanctions programs that are administered by the U.S. Treasury 
Department’s  Office  of  Foreign  Assets  Control,  or  OFAC,  that  prohibit  or  restrict  transactions  to  or  from  or  dealings  with  specified 
countries, their governments, and in certain circumstances, with individuals and entities that are specially-designated nationals of those 
countries, narcotics traffickers and terrorists or terrorist organizations. Violations of these trade control laws and sanctions regulations are 
punishable by civil penalties, including fines, denial of export privileges, injunctions, asset seizures, debarment from government contracts, 
and revocations or restrictions of licenses, as well as criminal fines and imprisonment. 

We are also subject to risks associated with compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices 
Act, or FCPA, which generally prohibits companies and their employees and intermediaries from making payments to foreign officials for 
the purpose of obtaining or keeping business, securing an advantage, or directing business to another, and requires public companies to 
maintain accurate books and records and a system of internal accounting controls. Under the FCPA, companies may be held liable for 
actions taken by directors, officers, employees, agents, or other strategic or local partners or representatives. If we or our intermediaries 
fail to comply with the requirements of the FCPA or similar laws, governmental authorities in the United States and elsewhere could seek 
to  impose civil and  criminal  fines  and  penalties  which  could  have  a  material adverse effect  on our  business,  results  of  operations  and 
financial condition. 

Our product or manufacturing standards could also be impacted by new or revised environmental rules and regulations or other social 
initiatives.  For  instance,  the  SEC  adopted  new  disclosure  requirements  in  2012  relating  to  the  sourcing  of  certain  minerals  from  the 
Democratic Republic of Congo and certain other adjoining countries. Those new rules, which required reporting starting in 2014, could 

21 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
adversely affect our costs, the availability of minerals used in our products and our relationships with customers and suppliers. Also, since 
our supply chain is complex, we may face reputational challenges with our customers, stockholders, and other stakeholders if we are unable 
to sufficiently verify the origins for any conflict minerals used in the products that we sell. 

We are subject to the cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry, which has suffered and may suffer from future recessionary 

downturns. 

The  semiconductor  industry  is  highly  cyclical  and  is  characterized  by  constant  and  rapid  technological  change,  rapid  product 
obsolescence  and  price  erosion,  evolving  standards  and  wide  fluctuations  in  product  supply  and  demand.  The  industry  experienced  a 
significant  downturn  during  the  current  global  recession.  These  downturns  have  been  characterized  by  diminished  product  demand, 
production overcapacity, high inventory levels and accelerated erosion of average selling prices. The most recent downturn and any future 
downturns could negatively impact our business and operating results. Furthermore, any upturn in the semiconductor industry could result 
in increased competition for access to third-party foundry and assembly capacity. We are dependent on the availability of this capacity to 
manufacture and assemble our integrated circuits. None of our third-party foundry or assembly contractors has provided assurances that 
adequate capacity will be available to us in the future. 

Our products must conform to industry standards in order to be accepted by end users in our markets. 

Our products comprise only a part of larger electronic systems. All components of these systems must uniformly comply with industry 
standards in order to operate efficiently together. These industry standards are often developed and promoted by larger companies who are 
industry leaders and provide other components of the systems in which our products are incorporated. In driving industry standards, these 
larger companies are able to develop and foster product ecosystems within which our products can be used. We work with a number of 
these larger companies in helping develop industry standards with which our products are compatible. If larger companies do not support 
the same industry standards that we do, or if competing standards emerge, market acceptance of our products could be adversely affected, 
which would harm our business. 

Some industry standards may not be widely adopted or implemented uniformly, and competing standards may still emerge that may 
be  preferred  by  our  customers.  Products  for  communications  and  computing  applications  are  based  on  industry  standards  that  are 
continually evolving. Our ability to compete in the future will depend on our ability to identify and ensure compliance with these evolving 
industry standards. The emergence of new industry standards could render our products incompatible with products developed by other 
suppliers  or  make  it  difficult  for  our  products  to  meet  the  requirements  of  certain  OEMs.  As  a  result,  we  could  be  required  to  invest 
significant time and effort and to incur significant expense to redesign our products to ensure compliance with relevant standards. If our 
products are not in compliance with prevailing industry standards for a significant period of time, we could miss opportunities to achieve 
crucial  design  wins.  We  may  not  be  successful  in  developing  or  using  new  technologies  or  in  developing  new  products  or  product 
enhancements that achieve market acceptance. Our pursuit of necessary technological advances may require substantial time and expense. 

Industry consolidation may lead to increased competition and may harm our operating results. 

There has been a trend toward industry consolidation in our markets for several years. We expect this trend to continue as companies 
attempt  to  improve  the  leverage  of  growing  research  and  development  costs,  strengthen  or  hold  their  market  positions  in  an  evolving 
industry or are unable to continue operations. Companies that are strategic alliance partners in some areas of our business may acquire or 
form alliances with our competitors, thereby reducing their business with us. We believe that industry consolidation may result in stronger 
competitors that are better able to compete as sole-source vendors for customers. This could lead to more variability in our operating results 
and could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. 

22 

 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Risks Related to Our Common Stock 

The trading price and volume of our common stock is subject to price volatility. This volatility may affect the price at which our 

common stock is sold. 

The  trading  price  of  our  common  stock  has  experienced  wide  fluctuations.  For  example  since  our  initial  public  offering  through 
December 31, 2015, the closing price of our common stock has ranged from $7.20 to $32.32. Volatility in the market price of our common 
stock may occur in the future in response to many risk factors listed or incorporated by reference in this offering memorandum and others 
beyond our control, including but not limited to: 

● 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results; 

● 

changes in the economic performance or market valuations of other companies that provide high-speed analog semiconductor 
solutions; 

● 

loss of a significant amount of existing business; 

● 

actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors; 

● 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our competitors’ operating results or changes in their growth rates; 

● 

issuance of new or updated research or reports by securities analysts; 

● 

our announcement of actual results for a fiscal period that are higher or lower than projected results or our announcement of
revenue or earnings guidance that is higher or lower than expected; 

● 

regulatory developments in our target markets affecting us, our customers or our competitors; 

● 

fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us; 

● 

share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares; 

● 

sales or expected sales of additional common stock or equity or equity-linked securities; 

● 

terrorist attacks or natural disasters or other such events impacting countries where we or our customers have operations; and 

● 

general economic and market conditions. 

Furthermore, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the 
market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating 
performance  of  those  companies.  These  broad  market  and  industry  fluctuations,  as  well  as  general  economic,  political  and  market 
conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may cause the market price of shares of our 
common stock to decline. In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to 
securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in 
substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business. Each of 
these factors, among others, could harm the value of our common stock.  

Due to the nature of our compensation program, our executive officers can sell shares of our common stock, often pursuant to trading 
plans established under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act, and certain of our executive officers currently have 10b5-1 trading plans in 
place. As a result, sales of common stock by our executive officers may not be indicative of their respective opinions of our performance 
at the time of sale or of our potential future performance. Nonetheless, the market price of our common stock may be affected by sales of 
shares by our executive officers. 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they change their recommendations 

regarding our stock adversely, our stock price and trading volume could decline. 

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish 
about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, our stock price would likely decline. If one or 
more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial 
markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. 

23 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
We may not be able to obtain capital when desired on favorable terms, if at all, or without dilution to our stockholders and our 

failure to raise capital when needed could prevent us from executing our growth strategy. 

We  believe  that  our  existing  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  investments  in  marketable  securities,  and  cash  flows  from  our  operating 
activities, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 to 18 months. We operate in an industry, however, 
that makes our prospects difficult to evaluate. It is possible that we may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or otherwise 
have the capital resources to meet our future capital needs. If this occurs, we may need additional financing to execute on our current or 
future business strategies, including to: 

● 

invest in our research and development efforts by hiring additional technical and other personnel; 

● 

expand our operating infrastructure; 

● 

acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies; or 

● 

otherwise pursue our strategic plans and respond to competitive pressures. 

If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders 
could  be  significantly  diluted,  and  these  newly-issued  securities  may  have  rights,  preferences  or  privileges  senior  to  those  of  existing 
stockholders. If we raise additional funds by obtaining loans from third parties, the terms of those financing arrangements may include 
negative covenants or other restrictions on our business that could impair our operational flexibility, and would also require us to incur 
interest expense. There is no assurance that additional financing will be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are 
not available or are not available on acceptable terms, if and when needed, our ability to fund our operations, take advantage of unanticipated 
opportunities, develop or enhance our products, or otherwise respond to competitive pressures could be significantly limited. 

Delaware  law  and  our  corporate  charter  and  bylaws  contain  anti-takeover  provisions  that  could  delay  or  discourage  takeover 

attempts that stockholders may consider favorable, which could also reduce the market price of our common stock. 

Provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of delaying or preventing 

a change of control or changes in our management. These provisions include the following: 

● 

the right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of our board of directors; 

● 

● 

the classification of our board of directors so that only a portion of our directors are elected each year, with each director serving 
a three-year term; 

the requirement for advance notice for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be 
acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting; 

● 

the ability of our board of directors to alter our bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval; 

● 

● 

the ability of our board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock with rights 
set by our board of directors, which rights could be senior to those of common stock; 

the required approval of holders of at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to adopt, amend or
repeal our bylaws or amend or repeal the provisions of our certificate of incorporation regarding the election and removal of
directors and the ability of stockholders to take action by written consent; 

● 

the elimination of the right of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders and to take action by written consent; and 

● 

designating the state and federal courts located within the State of Delaware as the exclusive forums for derivative actions, claims 
of breach of fiduciary duty by any director, officer or other employee, claims arising pursuant to any provisions of the Delaware 
General Corporation Law and claims governed by the internal affairs doctrine. 

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General 
Corporation Law. These provisions may prohibit or restrict large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding 
voting stock, from merging or combining with us. These provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated 
bylaws and under Delaware law could discourage potential takeover attempts and could reduce the price that investors might be willing to 
pay for shares of our common stock in the future and result in the market price of our common stock being lower than they would without 
these provisions.  

24 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
We  do  not  currently  intend  to  pay  dividends  on  our  common  stock  and,  consequently,  the  ability  to  achieve  a  return  on  an 

investment in our stock will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock. 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not currently intend to do so for the foreseeable 
future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, the success of an investment in shares of 
our common stock will depend upon any future appreciation in their value. There is no guarantee that our common stock will appreciate in 
value. 

ITEM 1B. 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

ITEM 2.  

PROPERTIES 

We lease 57,914 square feet of office space in Santa Clara, California which currently serves as our principal executive office, which 
will expire on August 17, 2019. We also lease 40,522 square feet of office space in Westlake Village, California under a lease that will 
expire on December 31, 2017. Our Singapore subsidiary currently leases 6,374 square feet of office space in Singapore under a lease that 
expires on April 30, 2017. Our United Kingdom subsidiary currently leases office space in Northamptonshire, England under a lease that 
expires on March 30, 2016. We also occupy space in Folsom, California, consisting of 7,532 square feet under a lease that expires on 
November 30, 2020, and space in Raleigh, North Carolina, consisting of 15,440 square feet under a lease that expires on March 31, 2017. 
Our Canada subsidiary currently leases 13,951 square feet in Ottawa, Canada under a lease that expires on October 31, 2016. We believe 
that current facilities, are sufficient to meet our needs for the foreseeable future. For additional information regarding our obligations under 
property  leases,  see  Note  16  of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  included  in  Part  II,  “Item  8,  Financial  Statements  and 
Supplementary Data”. 

ITEM 3.  

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS –  

We are currently a party to the following legal proceedings:  

Netlist, Inc. v. Inphi Corporation, Case No. 09-cv-6900 (C.D. Cal.)  

On September 22, 2009, Netlist filed suit in the United States District Court, Central District of California, or the Court, asserting 
that we infringe U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537. Netlist filed an amended complaint on December 22, 2009, further asserting that we infringe 
U.S. Patent Nos. 7,619,912 and 7,636,274, collectively with U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537, the patents-in-suit, and seeking both unspecified 
monetary damages to be determined and an injunction to prevent further infringement. These infringement claims allege that our iMB™ 
and certain other memory module components infringe the patents-in-suit. We answered the amended complaint on February 11, 2010 and 
asserted  that  we  do  not  infringe  the  patents-in-suit  and  that  the  patents-in-suit  are  invalid.  In  2010,  we  filed  inter  partes  requests  for 
reexamination with the United States Patent and Trademark Office (the “USPTO”), asserting that the patents-in-suit are invalid. As a result 
of the proceedings at the USPTO, the Court has stayed the litigation, with the parties advising the Court on status every 120 days.  

As to the proceeding at the USPTO, reexamination has been ordered for all of the patents that were alleged to infringe, and at 
present,  the  USPTO  has  determined  that  none  of  the  originally  filed  claims  are  valid,  with  certain  amended  claims  being  determined 
patentable. It is expected that a Reexamination Certificate will issue for U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537 based upon amended claims, and the 
parties  continue  to  assert  their  respective  positions  with  respect  to  the  reexamination  proceedings  for  U.S.  Patent  Nos.  7,619,912  and 
7,636,274.  

While  we  intend  to  defend  the  foregoing  USPTO  proceedings  and  lawsuit  vigorously,  the  USPTO  proceedings  and  litigation, 
whether  or  not  determined  in  our  favor  or  settled,  could  be  costly  and  time-consuming  and  could  divert  management’s  attention  and 
resources, which could adversely affect our business.  

Based on the nature of USPTO proceedings and litigation, we are currently unable to predict the final outcome of this lawsuit and 
therefore,  cannot  determine  the  likelihood  of  loss  nor  estimate  a  range  of  possible  loss.  However,  because  of  the  nature  and  inherent 
uncertainties of litigation, should the outcome of these actions be unfavorable, our business, financial condition, results of operations or 
cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. 

25 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Other Litigation Matters 

In March 2015, we settled a patent dispute involving Cortina and Vitesse Semiconductor Corporation (Vitesse). The patent dispute 
involved a certain patent family owned by Vitesse associated with error correction. We paid Vitesse $750,000 to resolve the dispute. Based 
on the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated July 30, 2014, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated 
September 25, 2014, we were indemnified for this settlement arising from this claim, up to an amount of $750,000.  

We are not currently a party to any other material litigation. The semiconductor industry is characterized by frequent claims and 
litigation, including claims regarding patent and other intellectual property rights as well as improper hiring practices. We may from time 
to time become involved in litigation relating to claims arising from our ordinary course of business. These claims, even if not meritorious, 
could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. 

ITEM 4.  

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

26 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5.     MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS  AND  ISSUER 

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity 

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “IPHI”. The following table sets forth the range 

of high and low sales prices for our common stock in each quarter: 

2015 
Fourth Quarter ...............................................................................................................   $ 
Third Quarter ................................................................................................................     
Second Quarter .............................................................................................................     
First Quarter ..................................................................................................................     

Low 

High 

22.83    $ 
20.30      
17.27      
17.05      

2014 
Fourth Quarter ...............................................................................................................   $ 
Third Quarter ................................................................................................................     
Second Quarter .............................................................................................................     
First Quarter ..................................................................................................................     

Low  

High  

12.41    $ 
12.57      
13.49      
10.87      

32.32  
25.99  
27.11  
21.33  

19.14  
17.17  
16.35  
16.56  

As of February 25, 2016, we had approximately 60 holders of record of our common stock. This number does not include the number 

of persons whose shares are in nominee or in “street name” accounts through brokers.  

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on shares of our capital stock. We expect to retain all of our earnings to finance 
the  expansion  and  development  of  our  business  and  we  do  not  currently  intend  to  pay  any  cash  dividends  on  our  capital  stock  in  the 
foreseeable future. Our board of directors will determine future dividends, if any.  

Director and Executive Officers have currently and may from time to time in the future, establish pre-set trading plans in accordance 

with Rule 10b5-1 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans  

Information regarding the securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans can be found under Part III, “Item 12, 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters”. 

Share Performance Graph  

The following information is not deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934, and will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent we specifically incorporate it by reference into such a filing. 

Set forth below is a line graph showing the cumulative total stockholder return (change in stock price plus reinvested dividends) 
assuming the investment of $100 on November 11, 2010 (the day of our initial public offering) in each of our common stock, the S&P 500 
Index  and  PHLX  Semiconductor  Index  for  the  period  commencing  on  November  11,  2010  and  ending  on  December  31,  2015.  The 
comparisons in the table are required by the Securities and Exchange Commission and are not intended to forecast or be indicative of future 
performance of our common stock. 

27 

 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
28 

 
 
  
  
 
 
ITEM 6. 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA 

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read together with Part II, “Item 7., Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere 
in this report. The selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the selected statements of operations data for each 
of the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this 
report. The selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and the selected statements of operations data for the years 
ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 have been derived from our audited financial statements not included in this report. Historical results 
are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.  

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

(in thousands, except share and per share data) 

Year Ended December 31,  

Consolidated Statement of Operations 

Data: 

Revenue(1) ..................................................   $ 
Cost of revenue(1) (2) ...................................     
Gross profit ................................................     

246,616    $ 
98,294      
148,322      

156,142    $ 
70,488      
85,654      

102,664    $ 
37,095      
65,569      

91,206    $ 
32,684      
58,522      

Operating expense: 

Research and development(1) (2) ..     
Sales and marketing(1) (2).............     
General and administrative(1) (2)  .     
Total operating expense ..     
Income (loss) from operations ...................     
Interest expense ..........................     
Other income ..............................     
Income (loss) before income taxes .............     
Provision (benefit) for income taxes(3) .......     
Net income (loss) .......................................   $ 
Earnings per share: 

106,444      
26,563      
20,322      
153,329      
(5,007)     
(783)     
221      
(5,569)     
7,982      
(13,551)   $ 

70,863      
20,003      
16,153      
107,019      
(21,365)     
—      
495      
(20,870)     
1,738      
(22,608)   $ 

Basic...............................................   $ 
Diluted ...........................................   $ 

(0.35)   $ 
(0.35)   $ 

(0.69)   $ 
(0.69)   $ 

Weighted-average shares used in 
computing earnings per share: 

50,516      
15,741      
11,614      
77,871      
(12,302)     
—      
876      
(11,426)     
1,752      
(13,178)   $ 

(0.45)   $ 
(0.45)   $ 

40,102      
14,052      
12,300      
66,454      
(7,932)     
—      
914      
(7,018)     
13,673      
(20,691)   $ 

(0.73)   $ 
(0.73)   $ 

79,297  
28,687  
50,610  

28,565  
12,700  
9,141  
50,406  
204  
—  
509  
713  
(1,218) 
1,931  

0.07  
0.07  

Basic...............................................     
Diluted ...........................................     

38,580,330      
38,580,330      

32,707,868      
32,707,868      

29,493,005      
29,493,005      

28,378,680      
28,378,680      

26,799,237  
29,367,423  

(1)  On October 3, 2014, we completed the acquisition of Cortina, including its high-speed interconnect and optical transport product
lines for approximately $52.5 million in cash and approximately 5.3 million shares of our common stock in accordance with the
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated July 30, 2014 as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated
September 25, 2014. The results of operations of Cortina and estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed were 
included in our consolidated financial statements from the acquisition date. This acquisition resulted in a significant change in
our statement of operations in 2015 and 2014 which includes: 

(i) Charge to cost of goods sold resulting from the step-up inventory acquired from Cortina; and 
(ii) Charge to cost of goods sold and operating expenses from amortization of acquired intangibles  

Footnotes continued on the following page.  

29 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
2015 

2014 

As of December 31,  

2013 
(in thousands) 

2012 

2011 

283,044     $ 
43,616       
344,897       
505,046       
171,701       
42,675       
290,670       

30,366    $ 
38,908      
108,623      
278,459      
—      
39,285      
239,174      

31,667    $ 
90,890      
129,013      
182,342      
—      
22,949      
159,393      

30,161     $ 
91,107       
131,310       
170,074       
—       
17,109       
152,965       

29,696  
89,283  
129,395  
172,628  
—  
14,224  
158,404  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:  
Cash and cash equivalents ............................   $ 
Investments in marketable securities ............     
Working capital ............................................     
Total assets ...................................................     
Long-term convertible debt ..........................     
Other liabilities ............................................     
Total stockholders’ equity ............................     

Footnotes continued from the prior page.  

(2)  Stock-based compensation expense is included in our results of operations as follows:  

2015 

2014 

As of December 31,  

2013 
(in thousands) 

2012 

2011 

Operating expenses: 
Cost of revenue ...........................................   $ 
Research and development ..........................     
Sales and marketing ....................................     
General and administrative .........................     

1,471    $ 
16,904      
4,445      
5,473      

1,260    $ 
12,420      
4,079      
4,701      

1,086    $ 
8,586      
3,204      
4,102      

726    $ 
5,833      
2,660      
3,240      

315   
3,214   
2,054   
1,609   

(3)  The  provision  for  income  taxes  for  the year  ended  December  31,  2012  included  the establishment  of  valuation allowance  against

deferred tax assets.  

30 

 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 7. 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS 

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and this report contain forward-
looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. When used in this report, the terms “may,” 
“might,” “will,” “objective,” “intend,” “should,” “could,” “can,” “would,” “expect,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” 
“plan,” or the negative of these terms, and similar expressions intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements include 
statements regarding our anticipated trends and challenges in our business and the markets in which we operate, including the market for 
40G and 100G high-speed analog semiconductor solutions, our plans for future products and anticipated features and benefits thereof, 
expansion of our product offerings and enhancements of existing products, critical accounting policies and estimates, our expectations 
regarding our expenses and revenue, sources of revenue, our tax benefits, the benefits of our products and services, our technological 
capabilities  and  expertise,  timing  of  the  development  of  our  products,  our  liquidity  position  and  sufficiency  thereof,  including  our 
anticipated  cash  needs,  our  operating  capital  expenditures  and  requirements  and  our  needs  for  additional  financing  and  potential 
consequences thereof, our anticipated growth and growth strategies, our ability to retain and attract customers, particularly in light of our 
dependence on a limited number of customers for a substantial portion of our revenue, our expectations regarding competition, interest 
rate sensitivity, adequacy of our disclosure controls, our legal proceedings and warranty claims. These forward-looking statements involve 
known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially 
different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these or any other forward-looking statements. 
These  risks  and  uncertainties  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  those  risks  discussed  below,  as  well  as  factors  affecting  our  results  of 
operations, our ability to manage our growth, our ability to sustain or increase profitability, demand for our solutions, the effect of declines 
in average selling prices for our products, our ability to compete, our ability to rapidly develop new technology and introduce new products, 
our ability to safeguard our intellectual property, trends in the semiconductor industry and fluctuations in general economic conditions, 
and the risks set forth throughout this Report, including the risks set forth under Part I, “ Item 1A, Risk Factors”. Readers are cautioned 
not  to  place  undue  reliance  on  these  forward-looking  statements,  which  are  based  on  current  expectations  and  reflect  management's 
opinions only as of the date hereof. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Report. We expressly disclaim any 
obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect any 
change in our expectations with regard thereto or any changes in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is 
based.    

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes 

that are included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Overview  

We are a fabless provider of high-speed analog and mixed signal semiconductor solutions for the communications, datacenter and 
computing markets. We often refer to our business as covering various data transport segments from “fiber to memory”. Our analog and 
mixed signal semiconductor solutions provide high signal integrity at leading-edge data speeds while reducing system power consumption. 
Our semiconductor solutions are designed to address bandwidth bottlenecks in networks, maximize throughput and minimize latency in 
computing environments and enable the rollout of next generation communications, datacenter and computing infrastructures. Our solutions 
provide  a  vital  high-speed  interface  between  analog  signals  and  digital  information  in  high-performance  systems  such  as 
telecommunications  transport  systems,  enterprise  networking  equipment,  datacenter  and  enterprise  servers,  storage  platforms,  test  and 
measurement  equipment  and  military  systems.  We  provide  40G  and  100G  high-speed  analog  semiconductor  solutions  for  the 
communications market and high-speed memory interface solutions for the computing market. We have a wide range product portfolio 
with many products sold in communication and datacenter markets as of December 31, 2015. We have ongoing, informal collaborative 
discussions with industry and technology leaders such as AMD, Cisco, ARM Ltd., Ciena, Cisco, Dell Incorporated, Huawei, Intel, Juniper, 
Micron,  Nokia,  Neophotonics,  Samsung,  SK  Hynix  and  other  data  center  companies  to  design  architectures  and  products  that  solve 
bandwidth  bottlenecks  in  existing  and  next  generation  communications  and  computing  systems.  Although  we  do  not  have  any  formal 
agreements with these entities, we engage in informal discussions with these entities with respect to anticipated technological challenges, 
next generation customer requirements and industry conventions and standards. We help define industry conventions and standards within 
the markets we target by collaborating with technology leaders, OEMs, systems manufacturers and standards bodies.  

31 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The recent history of our product development and sales and marketing efforts is as follows:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

In 2009, due to the launch of Intel’s Nehalem-based platform servers, we began volume shipments of our single chip high-
speed  PLLs  and  register  solution  to  be  used  primarily  in  conjunction  with  DDR3  modules.  We  also  shipped  engineering 
samples  of  the  first  generation  of  our  isolation  memory  buffer,  or  iMB™,  for  the  computing  market.  We  also  began
development of our second generation iMB™ product, the architecture for which has been adopted by the Joint Electronic
Device Engineering Council, or JEDEC, and development of our low power CMOS SerDes product for next generation 100G
Ethernet in enterprise networks.  

In 2010, we began to ship in production volume a “low voltage” version of our integrated PLL and register buffer. We also 
shipped engineering samples of the second generation iMB™ product. We also introduced and began to ship in commercial
volume  the  industry’s  first  transimpedance  ampliform  for  100G  reconfigurable  colorless  networks,  which  we  identify  as
product number 2850TA-SO1D.  

In 2011, we began to ship in production volume a new “ultra-low voltage” version of our integrated PLL and register buffer
and the second generation of iMB™. We also shipped engineering samples of our iPHY 100 Gbe CMOS CDR and SerDes 
Gearbox products. 

In 2012, we started shipping samples of the IN3250TA, our second-generation transimpedance amplifier, or TIA, for 100G
reconfigurable colorless networks. We also introduced the industry’s first quad linear driver designed for linear transmitters 
to enable next-generation 100G/400G coherent systems to address the need for higher speed, higher performance networking
infrastructure. We also began shipping in production volume our lowest power integrated phase lock loop and register buffer, 
which is shipping in the form of product number INSSTE32882XV. We also announce the availability of the world’s first
production ready 100G CMOS PHY/SerDes Gearbox products for next-generation data center, enterprise and service provider
line cards. 

In 2013, we introduced the second generation 100G CMOS SerDes gearbox integrated circuit, or GB IC, for data center,
enterprise and service provider line cards. The new GB IC with Tri-rate™ foundation is designed to enable seamless support
of 10G, 40G and 100G Ethernet and optical transport network on a single line card. We also began shipping an improved
version of iMB™ which delivers up to 35% improvement in LRDIMM bandwidth for 768GB memory capacities and 40%
improvement in memory bandwidth for servers up to 512GB memory capacities. We also introduced the next generation high
speed memory interface product, DDR4 register for the computing market. We also began shipping the industry’s first quad
linear driver designed for linear transmitters to enable next-generation 100G/400G coherent systems to address the need for
higher speed, higher performance networking infrastructure. 

In 2014, we completed the acquisition of Cortina Systems Inc. which expands our market share of the high-speed optical and 
networking interconnects. This added more than 130 products in our portfolio which includes high-speed interconnect and 
optical transport products. We also started sampling the IN3252TA, the industry’s first 32 Gbps dual high gain linear/variable-
gain amplifier. The IN3252TA is designed specifically to address the demanding requirements for 100G coherent transmission
for the Metro market. We also announced the availability of a new iKON™ family of 100G Clock and Data Recovery Retimer
integrated circuits (IC) targeted at next-generation 2-Terabit line cards. The first product in this series, the IN112525-LC 
100G CMOS CDR Retimer IC, is designed to accelerate deployment for higher density 100G in service center and data center
networks. We also announced the availability of IN3216DZ, the first single chip quad channel linear Mach Zehnder driver in
bare die form to address the network needs for 100G coherent systems in small form factors for the metro market. Specifically
designed to be co-packaged with MZ modulators, the IN3216DZ will reduce size and cost of 100G coherent systems to enable
higher density metro solutions. We also started sampling 45GBaud Linear Coherent Product Family, the industry’s first linear
ICs  enabling  400G  coherent  solutions  for  next-generation  metro  to  long  haul  applications.  The  initial  product  offerings
includes  IN4514SZ,  a  high-performance  octal  linear  differential  to  single-ended  Mach-Zehnder  Modulator  Driver  and 
IN4550TA, a quad linear TIA/VGA Amplifier. 

32 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
• 

In 2015, we started sampling a new product in our 45GBaud Linear Coherent Product Family, IN4518SZ. The IN4518SZ is
a quad linear differential to single-ended Mach-Zehnder Modulator Driver, pin-compatible with the linear driver IN3214SZ,
for  200G  coherent  Optical  interconnect  applications.  The  IN4518SZ  extends  the  reach  of  200G  coherent  for  long  haul
applications  and  enables  one  set  of  hardware  to  serve  multiple  segments  in  the  long  haul  and  metro  markets.  We  also
announced  the  availability  of  the  industry’s  first,  highly  integrated,  lowest  power  4-level  Pulse  Amplitude  Modulation
(PAM4) chipset solutions for intra-data center and inter-data center cloud interconnects. It’s a family of PAM4 PHY ICs for
40G  (IN014020-XL),  50G  (IN015050-SF),  100G  (IN015025-CA),  400G  (IN015025-CD)  and  a  companion  linear  TIA
(IN2860TA)  that  will  enable  platform  solutions  for  multi-rate  PAM4  interconnects.  We  also  started  sampling  the  second
generation DDR4 registering clock driver and data buffer and IN3217SZ, a quad linear differential to single-ended Mach-
Zehnder Modulator Driver in a Surface Mount Technology (SMT) package. The new SMT quad linear driver extends the
product portfolio by utilizing cost effective packaging for higher volume 100G/200G coherent long haul and metro optical
interconnect applications. 

Our products are designed into systems sold by OEMs, including Ciena, Cisco, Dell, EMC, H3C, HP, IBM, Juniper, Nokia and 
Oracle. We believe we are one of a limited number of suppliers to these OEMs for the types of products we sell, and in some cases we may 
be  the  sole  supplier  for  certain  applications.  We  sell  both  directly  to  these  OEMs  and  to  module  manufacturers,  original  design 
manufacturers, or ODMs, and subsystems providers that, in turn, sell to these OEMs. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we sold 
our products to more than 160 customers. A significant portion of our revenue has been generated by a limited number of customers. We 
believe that sales to Cisco, directly and indirectly through subcontractors, accounted for approximately 13% of our total revenue for the 
year ended December 31, 2015. Sales to Samsung, including its subcontractors, accounted for 18% and 20% of our total revenue for the 
years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Sales directly and through distributors to Micron accounted for 11% of our total 
revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013. In addition, sales to SK Hynix, including its subcontractor, accounted for 16% of our total 
revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013. Substantially all of our sales to date, including our sales to Samsung, Micron and SK 
Hynix,  are  made  on  a  purchase  order  basis.  Since  the  beginning  of  2006,  we  have  shipped  more  than  200  million  high-speed  analog 
semiconductors. Our total revenue increased to $246.6 million and $156.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. The 
increase  in  revenue  was  partially  due  to  the  acquisition  of  Cortina  Systems  as  of  October  3,  2014.  As  of  December  31,  2015,  our 
accumulated deficit was $102.7 million. 

Sales to customers in Asia accounted for 68%, 71% and 71% of our total revenue in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Because 
many of our customers or their OEM manufacturers are located in Asia, we anticipate that a majority of our future revenue will continue 
to come from sales to that region. Although a large percentage of our sales are made to customers in Asia, we believe that a significant 
number of the systems designed by these customers are then sold to end users outside Asia.  

In April 2010, we received approval from the government of Singapore to set up an international headquarters from which to conduct 
our international operations. Because of its geographic alignment with suppliers and customers, we established our operations in Singapore 
to become a new international headquarters office for receiving and fulfilling orders for product shipped to locations outside the United 
States.  Singapore  has  a  strong  university  system  and  an  established  group  of  technology-based  companies  from  which  to  recruit  new 
engineers.  We  intend  to  build  a  team  of  engineering  capability  in  Singapore  both  for  development  as  well  as  testing  associated  with 
manufacturing.  International  operations  in  Singapore  commenced  on  May  1,  2010  and  during  2010,  we  transitioned  our  international 
operations from the United States to our Singapore subsidiary.  

Demand for new features changes rapidly. It is difficult for us to forecast the demand for our products, in part because of the complex 
supply chain between us and the end-user markets that incorporate our products. Due to our lengthy product development cycle, it is critical 
for us to anticipate changes in demand for our various product features and the applications they serve to allow sufficient time for product 
development  and  design.  Our  failure  to  accurately  forecast  demand  can  lead  to  product  shortages  that  can  impede  production  by  our 
customers and harm our customer relationships. Conversely, our failure to forecast declining demand or shifts in product mix can result in 
excess or obsolete inventory.  

Although revenue generated by each design win and the timing of the recognition of that revenue can vary significantly, we consider 
ongoing design wins to be a key factor in our future success. We consider a design win to occur when an OEM or contract manufacturer 
notifies us that it has selected our products to be incorporated into a product or system under development. The design win process is 
typically lengthy, and as a result, our sales cycles will vary based on the market served, whether the design win is with an existing or new 
customer  and  whether  our  product  is  under  consideration  for  inclusion  in  a  first  or  subsequent  generation  product.  In  addition,  our 
customers’ products that incorporate our semiconductors can be complex and can require a substantial amount of time to define, design 
and produce in volume. As a result, we can incur significant design and development expenditures in circumstances where we do not 
ultimately recognize, or experience delays in recognizing revenue. Our customers generally order our products on a purchase order basis. 
We do not have any long-term purchase commitments (in excess of one year) from any of our customers. Once our product is incorporated 
into a customer’s design, however, we believe that our product is likely to continue to be purchased for that design throughout that product’s 
life cycle because of the time and expense associated with redesigning the product or substituting an alternative semiconductor. Our design 
cycle from initial engagement to volume shipment is typically two to three years. Product life cycles in the markets we serve typically 
range from two to 10 years or more and vary by application.  

33 

 
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Summary of Consolidated Financial Results 

As discussed in more detail below, for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, we 
delivered the following financial performance. The financial results for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, include the results 
of operations of Cortina from the acquisition date and the effect of purchase price accounting. 

●  Total revenues increased by $90.5 million, or 58%, to $246.6 million. 
●  Gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased from 55% to 60%. 
●  Total operating expenses increased by $46.3 million, or 43%, to $153.3 million. 
●  Loss from operations decreased by $16.4 million, to loss of $5.0 million. 
●  Provision for income taxes increased by $6.2 million. 
●  Diluted loss per share decreased by $0.34, to ($0.35). 

The increase in our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015 was a result of inclusion of revenue from the October 4, 2014 

acquisition of Cortina, as well as increase in consumption of our dual linear TIAs, quad linear driver products and iPHY products. 

The increase in gross margin was due to increase in sale of high margin products as discussed above, lower amortization of inventory 
fair value step-up related to the acquired Cortina inventories for the year ended December 31 2015 as compared to year ended December 
31, 2014, offset by increase in amortization of acquired intangibles.. 

Total  operating  expenses  increased  due  primarily  to  an  increase  in  headcount  from  the  Cortina  acquisition  and  stock-based 
compensation. Our expenses primarily consist of personnel costs, which include compensation, benefits, payroll related taxes and stock-
based  compensation.  From  December  31,  2014  to  December  31,  2015,  we  hired  25  new  employees,  primarily  in  the  engineering 
department. In addition, the acquisition of Cortina added 137 employees. We expect expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars 
as we continue to invest resources to develop more products, to support the growth of our business. Our diluted loss per share decreased 
primarily due to increase in revenue, partially offset by increase in operating expenses and provision for income taxes.  

In  December  2015,  we  issued  $230  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  1.125%  Convertible  Senior  Notes  due  2020.  The  net 
proceeds from this offering were approximately $223.6 million, after deducting initial purchasers’ discount and commissions and debt 
offering expenses. The net proceeds were partially used to purchase the capped call options of $17.8 million. We intend to use the remainder 
of the net proceeds for general corporate purposes including financing potential acquisitions and other strategic transactions. However, we 
currently have no commitments with respect to any such acquisitions or other strategic transactions. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Management Estimates  

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP. 
In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, we are required to make assumptions and estimates about 
future events, and apply judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and the related disclosures. We 
base our assumptions, estimates and judgments on historical experience, current trends and other factors that management believes to be 
relevant at the time our consolidated financial statements are prepared. On a regular basis, we review the accounting policies, assumptions, 
estimates and judgments to ensure that our consolidated financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with GAAP. However, 
because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, 
and such differences could be material.  

Our significant accounting policies are discussed in note 1 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements. We believe that the 
following accounting estimates are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results, and they 
require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, resulting from the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are 
inherently uncertain. We have reviewed these critical accounting estimates and related disclosures with our audit committee.  

Revenue Recognition  

Our products are fully functional at the time of shipment and do not require production, modification or customization. We recognize 
revenue from product sales when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and 
collection is reasonably assured. Our fee is considered fixed or determinable at the execution of an agreement, based on specific products 
and quantities to be delivered at specified prices, which is evidenced by a customer purchase order or other persuasive evidence of an 
arrangement. Our agreements with non-distributor customers do not include rights of return or acceptance provisions. Product revenue is 
recognized upon shipment of product to customers, net of accruals for estimated sales returns and allowances, which to date, have not been 
significant.  

34 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Approximately 22% of our sales were made through third-party distributors in 2015. Sales to distributors are included in deferred 
revenue and we include the related costs in inventory until sales and delivery to the end customers occurs. Distributor arrangements, allow 
for limited price protection and rights of stock rotation on product unsold by the distributors. The price protection rights allow distributors 
the right to a credit in the event of declines in the price of our product that they hold prior to the sale to a specific end customer. In the 
event that we reduce the selling price of products held by distributors, deferred revenue related to distributors with price protection rights 
is reduced upon notification to the customer of the price change. Additionally, distributors may receive a credit for the price discounts 
associated with the distributors' customers that purchased those products. We estimate the extent of these distributor price discounts at each 
reporting period to reduce accounts receivable and deferred revenue, but we do not issue these discounts to the distributor until the inventory 
is sold to the distributors' customers. Revenue recognition on product sales through distributors is highly dependent on receiving pertinent 
and accurate data from our distributors in a timely fashion. Distributors provide us periodic data prior to the release of our consolidated 
financial statements regarding the product, price, quantity and end customer when products are resold, as well as the quantities of our 
products they still have in stock.  

We recognize revenue from the sales and licensing of certain intellectual properties when the following fundamental criteria are 
met:  (i)  persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement  exists,  (ii)  delivery  has  occurred,  (iii)  the  sales  price  is  fixed  or  determinable,  and 
(iv) collection of resulting receivables is reasonably assured. 

Occasionally, we enter into development agreements with some of our customers and recognize revenue from these agreements 
upon  completion  and  acceptance  by  the  customer  of  contract  deliverables  or  as  services  are  provided,  depending  on  the  terms  of  the 
arrangement. Revenue is deferred for any amounts billed or received prior to completion of milestones or delivery of services. 

We monitor collectability of accounts receivable primarily through review of the accounts receivable aging. Our policy is to record 
an allowance for doubtful accounts based on specific collection issues we have identified, aging of underlying receivables and historical 
experience of uncollectible balances. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, our allowance for doubtful accounts was $165,000.  

We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology we use to record the allowance for doubtful accounts during 
the past three years. If actual results are not consistent with the assumptions and estimates used, for example, if the financial condition of 
the customer deteriorated, we may be required to record additional expense that could materially negatively impact our operating results. 
To date, however, substantially all of our receivables have been collected within following quarter.  

Inventory Valuation  

We  value  our  inventory,  which  includes  materials,  labor  and  overhead,  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market.  Cost  is  computed  using 
standard cost, which approximates actual cost, on a first-in, first-out basis. We periodically write-down our inventory to the lower of cost 
or market based on our estimates that consider historical usage and future demand. These factors are impacted by market and economic 
conditions, technology changes, new product introductions and changes in strategic direction. The calculation of our inventory valuation 
requires management to make assumptions and to apply judgment regarding forecasted customer demand and technological obsolescence 
that  may turn  out to  be  inaccurate.  Inventory valuation  reserves  were  $4,608,000  and $1,949,000  as  of  December  31,  2015  and  2014, 
respectively. Inventory valuation reserves, once established, are not reversed until the related inventory has been sold or scrapped.  

We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology we use to record inventory reserves during the past three 
years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions that we 
use to calculate our inventory reserve. However, if estimates regarding customer demand are inaccurate or changes in technology affect 
demand for certain products in an unforeseen manner, we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material.  

Product Warranty  

Our products are under warranty against defects in material and workmanship generally for a period of one or two years. We accrue 
for  estimated  warranty  cost  at  the  time  of  sale  based  on  anticipated  warranty  claims  and  actual  historical  warranty  claims  experience 
including knowledge of specific product failures that are outside of our typical experience. The warranty obligation is determined based 
on product failure rates, cost of replacement and failure analysis cost. We monitor product returns for warranty-related matters and monitor 
both a specific and general accrual for the related warranty expense based on specific circumstances and general historical experience. Our 
warranty obligation requires management to make assumptions regarding failure rates and failure analysis costs. If actual warranty costs 
differ significantly from these estimates, adjustments may be required in the future, which would adversely affect our gross margins and 
operating results. The warranty liability as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $110,000.  

35 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
On November 3, 2014, we received a claim notification from an insurance company asserting a claim of approximately $4,000,000 
for field installation repair and replacement costs incurred by a customer in 2011. We believe that we had fulfilled our contractual obligation 
to provide warranty repair and replacement, but referred the matter to our insurance carrier at the request of the insurance company. As of 
December 31, 2015, we believe the liability under this claim is not probable. Nevertheless, resolutions of third-party claims are inherently 
uncertain and as such, an unfavorable outcome could ultimately impact our business, cash flow and results of operations. 

Business combinations  

We  use  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting  for  business  combinations  and  recognize  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed 
measured  at  their  fair  values  on  the  date  acquired.  This  requires  us  to  recognize  separately  from  goodwill  the  assets  acquired  and  the 
liabilities  assumed  at their acquisition  date  fair values.  Goodwill  as  of the acquisition  date  is  measured  as  the  excess  of  consideration 
transferred over the net of the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. While we use our best estimates 
and assumptions to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date as well as contingent consideration, 
where applicable, our estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may 
be up to one year from the acquisition date, we adjust the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. 
Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever 
comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recognized in our consolidated statements of operations. 

Accounting for business combinations requires our management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially at the 
acquisition date, including our estimates for intangible assets, contractual obligations assumed and pre-acquisition contingencies, where 
applicable. Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made in the past have been reasonable and appropriate, they are 
based,  in  part,  on  historical  experience  and  information  obtained  from  the  management  of  the  acquired  companies  and  are  inherently 
uncertain. Critical estimates in valuing certain of the intangible assets we have acquired include, but are not limited to: future expected 
cash  flows  from  product  sales,  customer  contracts  and  acquired  technologies,  expected  costs  to  develop  in-process  research  and 
development into commercially viable products, estimated cash flows from the projects when completed, and discount rates. Unanticipated 
events and circumstances may occur that may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results. 

Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets  

Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the 
acquired net tangible and intangible assets. The amounts and useful lives assigned to intangible assets acquired, other than goodwill, impact 
the amount and timing of future amortization. The value of our intangible assets, including goodwill, could be impacted by future adverse 
changes such as: (a) any future declines in our operating results, (b) a decline in the valuation of technology company stocks, including the 
valuation of our common stock, (c) a further significant slowdown in the worldwide economy or the semiconductor industry, (d) any failure 
to meet the performance projections included in our forecasts of future operating results or (e) the abandonment of any of our acquired in-
process research and development projects. We evaluate goodwill and purchased intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives, on an 
annual basis in the fourth quarter or more frequently if we believe indicators of impairment exist. Significant management judgment is 
required in performing periodic impairment tests. The testing for a potential impairment of goodwill involves a two-step process. The first 
step involves comparing the estimated fair values of our reporting unit with the book values, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value 
exceeds book value, goodwill is considered not to be impaired and no additional steps are necessary. If, however, the fair value of the 
reporting unit is less than book value, then the carrying amount of the goodwill is compared with its implied fair value. The estimate of 
implied  fair  value  of  goodwill  may  require  valuations  of  certain  internally  generated  and  unrecognized  intangible  assets  such  as  our 
technology,  customer  relationships,  patents  and  trademarks.  If  the  carrying  amount  of  goodwill  exceeds  the  implied  fair  value  of  that 
goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. If our actual results, or the plans and estimates used in future 
impairment  analyses,  are  lower  than  the  original  estimates  used  to  assess  the  recoverability  of  these  assets,  we  could  incur  additional 
impairment charges. The acquisition of Cortina on October 3, 2014 increased our goodwill and identifiable intangible assets by $3,279,000 
and $82,410,000, respectively. See note 2 to the notes to our consolidated financial statements. There was no evidence of impairment based 
on the annual impairment testing for the year ended December 31, 2015. 

Stock-Based Compensation  

We  account  for  stock-based  compensation  in  accordance  with  authoritative  guidance  which  requires  the  measurement  and 
recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors based on the grant date fair 
values of the awards. The fair value of stock option awards is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of 
restricted stock units is based on the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The value of the award that is ultimately 
expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in our consolidated statements of operations. We elected to 
treat share-based payment awards with graded vesting schedules and time-based service conditions as a single award and recognize stock-
based  compensation  expense  on  a  straight-line  basis  (net  of  estimated  forfeitures)  over  the  requisite  service  period.  Stock-based 
compensation expenses are classified in the consolidated statement of operations based on the department to which the related employee 
reports.  

36 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We  account  for  stock  options  issued  to  non-employees  in  accordance  with  the  guidance  for  equity-based  payments  to  non-
employees.  Stock  option  awards  to  non-employees  are  accounted  for  at  fair  value  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model.  Our 
management believes that the fair value of stock options is more reliably measured than the fair value of the services received. The fair 
value of the unvested portion of the options granted to non-employees is re-measured each period. The resulting increase in value, if any, 
is recognized as expense during the period the related services are rendered.  

The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires management to make assumptions and to apply judgment in determining the fair 
value  of  our  awards.  The  most  significant  assumptions  and  judgments  include  estimating  the  fair  value  of  underlying  stock,  expected 
volatility and expected term. In addition, the recognition of stock-based compensation expense is impacted by estimated forfeiture rates.  

We estimated the expected volatility from the historical volatilities of several unrelated public companies within the semiconductor 
industry because our common stock has limited trading history. When selecting the public companies used in the volatility calculation, we 
selected companies in the semiconductor industry with comparable characteristics to us, including stage of development, lines of business, 
market capitalization, revenue and financial leverage. The weighted average expected life of options was calculated using the simplified 
method. This decision was based on the lack of relevant historical data due to our limited experience and the lack of active market for our 
common stock. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yields in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding to the 
expected term of the options. The expected dividend rate is zero based on the fact that we have not historically paid dividends and have no 
intention to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The forfeiture rate is established based on the historical average period of time 
that options were outstanding and adjusted for expected changes in future exercise patterns.  

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be material changes in the estimates and assumptions we use to 
determine stock-based compensation expense. In the future, if we determine that other option valuation models are more reasonable, the 
stock-based  compensation  expense  that  we  record  in the  future may  differ  significantly from  what  we  have recorded  using the Black-
Scholes option pricing model.  

Income Taxes  

Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  determined  based  on  differences  between  financial  reporting  and  tax  bases  of  assets  and 
liabilities, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when and where the differences are expected to 
reverse. We record a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that we believe is more likely than not to be realized. 
In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred 
tax liabilities, historical levels of income, projections of future income, expectations and risk associated with estimates of future taxable 
income and ongoing prudent and practical tax planning strategies. To the extent that we believe it is more likely than not that some portion 
of our deferred tax assets will not be realized, we would increase the valuation allowance against deferred tax assets. The determination of 
recording  or  releasing  a  tax  valuation  allowance  is  made,  in  part,  pursuant  to  an  assessment  performed  by  management  regarding  the 
likelihood that we will generate sufficient future taxable income against which the benefits of our deferred tax assets may or may not be 
realized. This assessment requires management to exercise significant judgment and make estimates with respect to our ability to generate 
revenue, gross profits, operating income and taxable income in future periods. Among other factors, management must make assumptions 
regarding  current  and  projected  overall  business  and  semiconductor  industry  conditions,  operating  efficiencies,  our  ability  to  timely 
develop, introduce and consistently manufacture new products to meet our customers’ needs and specifications, our ability to adapt to 
technological changes and the competitive environment, which may impact our ability to generate taxable income and, in turn, realize the 
value of our deferred tax assets. Although, we believe that the judgment we used is reasonable, actual results can differ due to a change in 
market conditions, changes in tax laws and other factors.  

We have valuation allowance against deferred tax assets for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. The decision to 
establish the valuation allowance in 2012 was due to negative evidence that includes our cumulative losses in U.S., Singapore and Taiwan 
after considering permanent tax differences and the passage of new California tax law requiring use of single sales factor which reduces 
the amount of California taxable income starting 2013.  

In  accordance  with  FASBs  guidance  on  Accounting  for  Uncertainty  in  Income  Taxes,  we  perform  a  comprehensive  review  of 
uncertain tax positions regularly. The guidance prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement 
recognition and measurement of a tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return. We determine the tax liability for uncertain 
tax positions based on a two-step process. The first step is to determine whether it is more likely than not based on technical merits that 
each income tax position would be sustained upon examination. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that 
has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a tax authority that has full knowledge of all relevant 
information. The assessment of each tax position requires significant judgment and estimates. We believe our tax return positions are fully 
supported, but tax authorities could challenge certain positions, which may not be fully sustained. All tax positions are periodically analyzed 
and adjusted as a result of events, such as the resolution of tax audits, issuance of new regulations or new case law, negotiations with tax 
authorities, and expiration of statutes of limitations.  

37 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Results of Operations and Key Operating Metrics  

The following describes the line items in the statements of operations, which we consider to be our key operating metrics.  

Revenue.  We  generate  revenue  from  sales  of  our  semiconductor  products  to  end  customers.  A  portion  of  our  products  is  sold 

indirectly to customers through distributors.  

We design and develop high-speed analog semiconductor solutions for the communications and computing markets. Our revenue is 
driven by various trends in these markets. These trends include the deployment and broader market adoption of next generation 100G 
technologies in communications and enterprise networks, the timing of next generation network and enterprise server upgrades in different 
geographic locations worldwide, the introduction and broader market adoption of next generation server platforms such as Intel’s Haswell-
based platform, and the deployment of high-speed memory interfaces in server and computing platforms.  

Our revenue is also impacted by changes in the number and average selling prices of our semiconductor products. Our products are 
typically  characterized  by  a  life  cycle  that  begins  with  higher  average  selling  prices  and  lower  volumes,  followed  by  broader  market 
adoption, higher volumes, and average selling prices that are lower than initial levels.  

We  operate  in  industries  characterized  by  rapidly  changing  technologies  and  industry  standards  as  well  as  technological 
obsolescence. Our revenue growth is dependent on our ability to continually develop and introduce new products to meet the changing 
technology and performance requirements of our customers, diversify our revenue base and generate new revenue to replace, or build upon, 
the success of previously introduced products which may be rapidly maturing. As a result, our revenue is impacted to a more significant 
extent by product life cycles for a variety of products and to a much lesser extent, if any, by any single product. In 2011, we began to ship 
in production volume a new “ultra-low voltage” version of our integrated PLL and register buffer, which is shipping in the form of product 
number  INSSTE32882UV-GS02,  or  the  GS02UV  product.  Sales  of  the  GS02UV  product  comprised  15%,  39%  and  45%  of  our  total 
revenue in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In 2010, we introduced and began to ship in commercial volume a dual, differential linear 
TIA, which we identify as product number 2850TA-SO1D. Sales of 2850TA-SO1D product comprised 10% and 14% of our total revenue 
in  2013  and  2012,  respectively.  In  2012,  we  introduced  and  began  to  ship  in  commercial  volume  a  dual,  differential  input  linear 
transimpedance/variable-gain  amplifier  that  we  identify  as  product  number  IN3250TA-SO2D.  Sales  of  IN3250TA-SO2D  product 
comprised 14% of our total revenue in 2015 and 2014. In 2016, we expect that revenue from sales of IN3250TA-SO2D will be significant. 

The following table is based on the geographic location to which our product is initially shipped. In most cases this will differ from 
the ultimate location of the end user of a product containing our technology. For sales to our distributors, their geographic location may be 
different from the geographic locations of the ultimate end customer. Sales by geography for the periods indicated were:  

China .........................................................................................   $ 
United States .............................................................................     
Thailand ....................................................................................     
Korea ........................................................................................     
Other .........................................................................................     
  $ 

2015  

Year Ended December 31,  
2014  

2013  

82,789    $ 
41,185      
25,123      
9,510      
88,009      
246,616    $ 

(in thousands) 

54,312    $ 
22,918      
7,924      
10,123      
60,865      
156,142    $ 

23,039  
22,389  
1,143  
21,818  
34,275  
102,664  

In 2013, we were shipping products to a customer in Korea. However, in 2014, this customer requested to ship majority of the 
products to their facility in China, which resulted in a significant shift in revenue between China and Korea. In addition, the increase in 
shipments to China was due to revenue generated from Cortina during the fourth quarter of 2014 and year ended December 31, 2015.  

Cost of revenue. Cost of revenue includes cost of materials such as wafers processed by third-party foundries, costs associated with 
packaging and assembly, test and shipping, cost of personnel, including stock-based compensation, as well as equipment associated with 
manufacturing support, logistics and quality assurance, warranty costs, write down of inventories, amortization of production mask costs, 
amortization of developed technology, amortization of step-up values of inventory, overhead and other indirect costs, such as allocated 
occupancy and information technology, or IT, costs.  

As some semiconductor products mature and unit volumes increase, their average selling prices may decline. These declines are 
often  paired  with  improvements  in  manufacturing  yields  and  lower  wafer,  assembly  and  test  costs,  which  offset  some  of  the  margin 
reduction that results from lower prices. However, our gross profit, period over period, may fluctuate as a result of changes in average 
selling prices due to new product introductions or existing product transitions into larger scale commercial volumes, manufacturing costs 
as well as our product mix.  

38 

 
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Research  and  development.  Research  and  development  expense  includes  personnel-related  expenses,  including  salaries,  stock-
based compensation and employee benefits. It also includes pre-production engineering mask costs, software license expenses, prototype 
wafer,  packaging  and  test  costs,  design  and  development  costs,  testing  and  evaluation  costs,  third-party  fees  paid  to  consultants, 
depreciation expense, allocated facilities costs and other indirect costs. All research and development costs are expensed as incurred. We 
enter into development agreements with some of our customers. Recoveries from nonrecurring engineering services related to early stage 
technology are recorded as an offset to product development expense incurred in support of this effort and serve as a mechanism to partially 
recover development expenditures. These reimbursements are recognized upon completion and acceptance by the customer of contract 
deliverables or milestones. We expect research and development expense to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest resources 
to develop more products and enhance our existing product portfolio.  

Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of salaries, stock-based compensation, employee benefits, 
travel, promotions, trade shows, marketing and customer support, commission payments to employees, depreciation expense and other 
indirect costs. We expect sales and marketing expense to increase in absolute dollars to support the growth of our business and promote 
our products to current and potential customers.  

General and administrative. General and administrative expense consists primarily of salaries, stock-based compensation, employee 
benefits  and  expenses  for  executive  management,  legal,  and  finance.  In  addition,  general  and  administrative expenses  include  fees  for 
professional services and other indirect costs. We expect general and administrative expense to increase in absolute dollars due to the 
general growth of our business and the costs associated with becoming a public company for, among other things, SEC reporting and 
compliance, director fees, insurance, transfer agent fees and similar expenses.  

Provision  (benefit)  for  income  taxes.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  we  recorded  provision  for  income  taxes  of  $1.8 
million, which reflects an effective tax rate of 15%. The effective tax rate of 15% differs from the statutory rate of 34% primarily due to 
the an increase in valuation allowance, foreign income taxes provided at lower rates, geographic mix in profitability, unrecognized tax 
benefits and recognition of research and development credits. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded provision for income 
taxes of $1.7 million, which reflects an effective tax rate of 8%. The effective tax rate of 8% differs from the statutory rate of 34% primarily 
due to increase in valuation allowance, foreign income taxes provided at lower rates, geographic mix in profitability, unrecognized tax 
benefits, transaction cost adjustment and recognition of research and development credits. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we 
recorded provision for income taxes of $8.0 million, which reflects an effective tax rate of (143%). The effective tax rate of (143%) differs 
from the statutory rate of 34% primarily due to change in valuation allowance, foreign income taxes provided at lower rates, geographic 
mix in profitability, unrecognized tax benefits, stock-based compensation adjustments, taxation of Subpart F income, and recognition of 
research and development credits. 

The following table sets forth a summary of our statement of operations for the periods indicated:  

Total revenue ............................................................................    $ 
Cost of revenue .........................................................................      
Gross profit ...............................................................................      
Operating expense: 

Research and development ............................................      
Sales and marketing ......................................................      
General and administrative............................................      
Total operating expenses ...........................................................      
Loss from operations .................................................................      
Interest expense .........................................................................      
Other income  ............................................................................      
Loss before income taxes ..........................................................      
Provision for income taxes ........................................................      
Net loss .........................................................................    $ 

2015  

Year Ended December 31,  
2014  
(in thousands) 

2013  

246,616    $ 
98,294      
148,322      

106,444      
26,563      
20,322      
153,329      
(5,007)     
(783)     
221      
(5,569)     
7,982      
(13,551)   $ 

156,142    $ 
70,488      
85,654      

70,863      
20,003      
16,153      
107,019      
(21,365)     
—      
495      
(20,870)     
1,738      
(22,608)   $ 

102,664  
37,095  
65,569  

50,516  
15,741  
11,614  
77,871  
(12,302) 
—  
876  
(11,426) 
1,752  
(13,178) 

39 

 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
         
  
  
  
 
 
The following table sets forth a summary of our statement of operations as a percentage of each line item to the revenue:  

2015  

Year Ended December 31,  
2014  

2013  

Total revenue ............................................................................     
Cost of revenue .........................................................................     
Gross profit ...............................................................................     
Operating expense: 

Research and development ............................................     
Sales and marketing ......................................................     
General and administrative............................................     
Total operating expenses ...........................................................     
Loss from operations .................................................................     
Interest expense .........................................................................     
Other income.............................................................................     
Loss before income taxes ..........................................................     
Provision for income taxes ........................................................     
Net loss .........................................................................     

100%      
40  
60  

43  
11  
8  
62  
(2) 
—  
—  
(2) 
3  
(5)%     

100%      

45  
55  

45  
13  
10  
68  
(13) 
—  
—  
(13) 
1  

(14)%     

100% 
36  
64  

49  
16  
11  
76  
(12) 
—  
1  
(11) 
2  
(13)% 

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 

Revenue  

   Year Ended December 31, 
     2013  
     2014  
   2015  

Total revenue ....................................   $  246,616    $  156,142    $  102,664     $ 

58%   $ 

53,478       

52% 

Change  

2015  

2014  

      Amount  

%  

     Amount  

     %  
(dollars in thousands) 
90,474      

Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased by $90.5 million due to a year over year increase in average selling 
price of 46% and an increase in the number of units sold of 8%. The increases in average selling price and number of units sold was due to 
product mix, mainly from sales of our higher priced products including dual linear TIA, quad linear driver products, iPHY products, and 
high-speed interconnect and optical transport products from the Cortina acquisition.  

Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased by $53.5 million due to a year over year increase in average selling 
price of 63%, partially offset by a decrease in the number of units sold of 7%. The increase in average selling price was due to product 
mix, mainly from sales of our higher priced products including dual linear TIA, quad linear driver products, iMB™, high-speed interconnect 
and optical transport products. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the number of units sold decreased by 7% mainly from decrease in 
consumption of our other high speed memory interface products. We believe the reduction in the unit consumption of high speed memory 
is the natural result of migration to higher capacity DiMM cards at economic prices made possible in part by the availability of higher 
capacity DRAM at economic prices. In effect, a requirement for the same or more memory capacity can now be placed on a single card, 
thereby naturally absorbing the same or more aggregate memory requirement into a smaller number of cards. 

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit  

Cost of revenue ................   $ 
Gross profit ......................     
Gross profit as a 

percentage of revenue ....     

Year Ended December 31,  
2014 

2013 

2015 

98,294     $ 
148,322       

70,488     $ 
85,654       

Amount 
(dollars in thousands) 
27,806       
62,668       

37,095     $ 
65,569       

     % 

      Amount 

     % 

39%   $ 
73%     

33,393      
20,085      

90% 
31% 

Change  

2015 

2014  

60%     

55%     

64%     

—       

5%     

—      

(9%) 

40 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
      
  
      
  
      
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
     
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Cost of revenue and gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased by $27.8 million and $62.7 million, respectively, 
compared to the prior year primarily due to increase in revenue from sales our dual linear TIA, quad linear driver products, iPHY products 
and high-speed interconnect and optical transport products which generated higher margin, amortization of inventory step-up related to the 
acquired Cortina inventories and amortization of acquired intangibles. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased due to sale of high 
margin products as discussed above and lower amortization of inventory fair value step-up related to the acquired Cortina inventories of 
$4.0 million, offset by increase of amortization of acquired intangibles by $8.6 million.  

Cost of revenue and gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased by $33.4 million and $20.1 million, respectively, 
compared to the prior year primarily due to increase in revenue from sales our dual linear TIA, quad linear driver products, iMB™, high-
speed interconnect and optical transport products which generated higher margin. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue decreased due to 
the  amortization  of  inventory  fair  value  step-up related to  the acquired  Cortina inventories  sold during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014  and 
amortization of the acquired intangibles.  

Research and Development  

Year Ended December 31,  
2014 

2015 

Change  

2015  

2014  

2013 

      Amount 
(dollars in thousands) 

      % 

   Amount 

% 

Research and 

development ...........     $ 

106,444     $ 

70,863     $ 

50,516     $ 

35,581       

50%   $ 

20,347  

40% 

Research and development expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased by $35.6 million due to the increase in research 
and development headcount from new employees hired in 2015 and as a result of the acquisition of Cortina, which resulted in a $18.5 
million  and  $4.5  million  increase  in  personnel  costs  and  stock-based  compensation  expense,  respectively.  CAD  software  tool  license 
expense increased by $4.5 million, primarily due to an increase in headcount and engineering activities. In addition, external test services, 
pre-production engineering mask costs and laboratory supplies increased by $1.4 million. We abandoned the project related to in-process 
research and development costs which resulted in an impairment charge of $1.8 million. Depreciation and allocated expenses increased by 
$5.4 million, primarily, due to an increase in equipment and research and development activities. The increases were partially offset by 
decrease in third-party consultants by $0.9 million due to increase in employees. The increase in research and development expense was 
primarily driven by acquisition of Cortina and our strategy to continue to expand our product offerings and enhance our existing products.  

Research and development expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased by $20.3 million due to the increase in research 
and development headcount from new employees hired in 2014 and as a result of the acquisition of Cortina, which resulted in a $12.9 
million  and  $3.8  million  increase  in  personnel  costs  and  stock-based  compensation  expense,  respectively.  Consulting  fees  and  CAD 
software  tool  license  expense  increased  by  $2.2  million  and  $2.0  million,  respectively,  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  headcount  and 
engineering activities. In addition, external test services and pre-production engineering mask costs increased by $2.0 million. Depreciation 
and allocated expenses increased by $5.2 million, primarily, due to an increase in equipment and research and development activities. The 
increases were partially offset by higher reimbursement from customers related to research and development contracts of $9.3 million due 
to new development contracts entered with the customers in 2014. The increase in research and development expense was primarily driven 
by acquisition of Cortina and our strategy to continue to expand our product offerings and enhance our existing products.  

Sales and Marketing  

Year Ended December 31,      
     2014        2013  

   2015  

Change  

2015  

2014  

     Amount       %  

      Amount      

%  

Sales and marketing ................................   $  26,563    $  20,003     $  15,741    $ 

6,560      

33%   $ 

4,262      

27% 

(dollars in thousands) 

Sales  and  marketing  expense  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015  increased  by  $6.6  million,  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in 
personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense of $3.8 million, to support increasing sales activities from new developed 
products and from the Cortina acquisition. Commission expense increased by $1.7 million due to higher compensation and higher revenue. 
In addition, amortization of intangible related to Cortina acquisition increased by $0.6 million. 

41 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
    
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Sales  and  marketing  expense  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014  increased  by  $4.3  million,  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in 
personnel costs, including stock-based compensation expense of $3.2 million, to support increasing sales activities from new developed 
products and from the Cortina acquisition.  

General and Administrative  

Year Ended December 31, 

2015  

2014  

2015  

2014  

     2013        Amount        %  

      Amount        %  

(dollars in thousands) 

Change  

General and administrative ....................   $ 

20,322    $ 

16,153    $  11,614    $ 

4,169      

26%   $ 

4,539      

39% 

General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased primarily due to personnel costs and stock-
based compensation expense increased by $2.1 million due to new hires from Cortina and stock grants awarded. Amortization of intangibles 
and accounting and consultant fees increased by $0.3 million and $0.5 million due to the Cortina acquisition. In addition, we incurred a 
loss of $0.5 million from the disposal of certain property and equipment from the Cortina acquisition. 

General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased primarily due to increase in outside legal fees 
of $1.8 million in connection with the acquisition of Cortina. In addition, personnel costs and stock-based compensation expense increased 
by $1.6 million due to new hires from Cortina and stock grants awarded in 2014. 

Provision for Income Taxes  

Year Ended December 31,  
2014  

     2013  

2015  

Change  

2015  

2014  

     Amount        %  

      Amount       %  

Provision for income taxes ......................   $ 

7,982    $ 

1,738    $ 

1,752    $ 

6,244      

359%   $ 

(14 )     

—  

(dollars in thousands) 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we recorded provision for income taxes of $8.0 million, which reflects an effective tax rate 
of (143%). The effective tax rate of (143%) differs from the statutory rate of 34% primarily due to change in valuation allowance, foreign 
income taxes provided at lower rates, geographic mix in profitability, unrecognized tax benefits, stock-based compensation adjustments, 
taxation of Subpart F income and recognition of research and development credits. 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded a provision for income taxes of $1.7 million, which reflects an effective tax rate 
of 8%. The effective tax rate of 8% differs from the statutory rate of 34% primarily due to the change in valuation allowance, foreign 
income  taxes  provided  at  lower  rates,  geographic  mix  in  profitability,  unrecognized  tax  benefits,  transaction  costs  adjustments  and 
recognition of research and development credits. 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded a provision for income taxes of $1.8 million, which reflects an effective tax rate 
of 15%. The effective tax rate of 15% differs from the statutory rate of 34% primarily due to the change in valuation allowance, foreign 
income  taxes  provided  at  lower  rates,  geographic  mix  in  profitability,  unrecognized  tax  benefits  and  recognition  of  research  and 
development credits. 

We operate under tax holiday in Singapore, which is effective through May 2020. The tax holiday is conditional upon our meeting 
certain employment, activities and investment thresholds. As of December 31, 2015, we believe we met all the thresholds. There was no 
impact of the Singapore tax holiday on our Singapore taxes in 2015, 2014 and 2013. The benefit of tax holidays has no material impact on 
diluted earnings per share. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources  

As of December 31, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents and investments in marketable securities of $326.7 million. Our primary 
uses of cash are to fund operating expenses, purchase inventory and acquire property and equipment. Cash used to fund operating expenses 
is impacted by the timing of when we pay these expenses, as reflected in the changes in our outstanding accounts payable and accrued 
expenses. Our primary sources of cash are cash receipts on accounts receivable from our revenue. In 2015, we issued convertible debt, 
which resulted in an increase in cash and cash equivalents. Aside from the growth in amounts billed to our customers, net cash collections 
of accounts receivable are impacted by the efficiency of our cash collections process, which can vary from period to period, depending on 
the timing of shipments and payment cycles of our major customers.  

42 

 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
     
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
     
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:  

2015  

Years Ended December 31,  

2014  

(in thousands) 

2013 

Net cash provided by operating activities .................................   $ 
Net cash used in investing activities .........................................     
Net cash provided by financing activities .................................     
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ................   $ 

68,238     $ 
(23,871 )     
208,311       
252,678     $ 

8,386    $ 
(11,744)     
2,057      
(1,301)   $ 

18,658  
(20,098) 
2,946  
1,506  

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities  

Net cash provided by operating activities in 2015 primarily reflected depreciation and amortization of $26.9 million, stock-based 
compensation of $28.3 million, loss on disposal and abandonment of property and equipment of $1.9 million, impairment of in-process 
research and development of $1.8 million, amortization of deferred tax charge of $0.9 million, amortization of premiums on marketable 
securities of $0.5 million, accretion of convertible debt of $0.6 million, decreases in accounts receivable by $6.5 million, inventories of 
$8.8  million,  prepaid  expenses  and  other  assets  of  $2.2  million,  change  in  income  tax  payable/receivable  by  $6.4  million,  increase  in 
accrued expenses by $3.4 million offset by net loss of $13.6 million, excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation of $4.3 million 
and decrease in other liabilities of $1.4 million. Our accounts receivable decreased due to collections from customers. Our inventories 
decreased due to shipments to customers and amortization of fair value step-up on Cortina inventories. Our prepaid expenses and other 
current assets decreased due to settlement of a non-trade receivable. Our accrued expenses increased due to accrual of employee related 
expenses. Other liabilities decreased due to deposits received from customers used in 2015 and decrease in deferred rent on building leases. 

Net cash provided by operating activities in 2014 primarily reflected depreciation and amortization of $10.9 million, stock-based 
compensation of $22.5 million, abandonment of assets of $1.2 million, amortization of intangibles of $3.2 million, amortization of deferred 
tax charge of $0.9 million, amortization of premiums on marketable securities of $0.8 million, decrease in inventories of $10.1 million and 
increase in deferred revenue of $5.4 million offset by net loss of $22.6 million, increase in accounts receivable by $8.7 million, increase in 
prepaid expenses by $3.3 million, decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses by $10.3 million and decrease in other liabilities of 
$1.7 million. Our inventories, net of acquired inventories from Cortina acquisition decreased due to shipments to customers. Our deferred 
revenue increased due to acquisition of Cortina and distributors increased their inventory level for shipment to customers in the first quarter 
of 2015. Accounts receivable increased due to higher shipments made in the last month of the quarter, including Cortina’s products. Our 
prepaid expenses and other assets increased as a result of new subscriptions with vendors and related prepayments. Our accounts payable 
and accrued expenses, net of assumed liabilities from Cortina acquisition, decreased due to payment to vendors and employees. Other 
liabilities decreased due to amortization of advance payment received from a customer in 2013. 

Net cash provided by operating activities in 2013 primarily reflected depreciation and amortization of $7.5 million, stock-based 
compensation of $17.0 million, impairment charge of $0.5 million, amortization of deferred tax charge of $0.9 million, amortization of 
premiums on marketable securities of $1.0 million, change in income tax receivable/payable by $3.0 million, increase in accounts payable 
and accrued expenses of $2.0 million, increase in deferred revenue of $0.6 million and other liabilities of $1.3 million offset by net loss of 
$13.2 million and increase in inventories of $1.9 million. Our accounts payable and accrued expenses increased as a result of increased 
production  volume  and  employee  related  expenses.  Our  deferred  revenue  increased  as  distributors  increased  their  inventory  level  for 
shipment to customers in the first quarter of 2014. Other liabilities increased due to advance payment received from a customer, which will 
be used in 2014. Our inventories increased a result of growing production for expected delivery to customers in the first quarter of 2014. 

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities  

In 2015, net cash used in investing activities consisted of cash used to purchase investment in marketable securities of $21.9 million, 
purchases  of  property  and  equipment  of  $16.6  million,  mainly  for  laboratory,  production  and  computer  equipment  and  software  and 
purchase of minority interest in an early stage private company for $2.0 million offset by sales and maturities of marketable securities of 
$16.5 million. 

In 2014, net cash used in investing activities consisted of cash used to purchase investment in marketable securities of $38.6 million, 
acquisition of Cortina of $35.3 million, net of cash acquired, purchases of property and equipment of $21.2 million, mainly for laboratory, 
production and computer equipment and leasehold improvements for our offices, purchase of minority interest in an early stage private 
company for $5.0 million and purchase of patents for $1.6 million offset by sales and maturities of marketable securities of $89.9 million. 

43 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
In 2013, net cash used in investing activities consisted of cash used to purchase investment in marketable securities of $43.1 million, 
purchases of property and equipment of $16.6 million, mainly for laboratory and production equipment and leasehold improvements for 
our offices in California, purchase of minority interest in an early stage private company for $2.6 million offset by sales and maturities of 
marketable securities of $42.2 million. 

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities  

Net cash provided by financing activities in 2015, consisted primarily of net proceeds from issuance of convertible debt of $224 
million, proceeds from the exercise of stock options and employee stock purchase plan of $10.7 million and excess tax benefit related to 
stock-based compensation of $4.3 million. This was offset, in part, by the purchase of capped call options related to convertible debt issued 
of $17.8 million and minimum tax withholding paid on behalf of employees for net share settlement of $12.9 million. 

Net cash provided by financing activities in 2014, consisted primarily of proceeds from the exercise of stock options and employee 
stock purchase plan of $7.0 million. This was offset, in part, by the minimum tax withholding paid on behalf of employees for net share 
settlement of $5.0 million. 

Net cash provided by financing activities in 2013, consisted primarily of proceeds from the exercise of stock options and employee 
stock purchase plan of $5.1 million. This was offset, in part, by the minimum tax withholding paid on behalf of employees for net share 
settlement of $2.2 million. 

Operating and Capital Expenditure Requirements  

Our principal source of liquidity as of December 31, 2015 consisted of $326.7 million of cash, cash equivalents and investments in 
marketable  securities.  Based  on our  current  operating  plan,  we  believe  that  our existing  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  investments  in 
marketable securities from operations will be sufficient to finance our operational cash needs through at least the next 12 months. In the 
future, we expect our operating and capital expenditures to increase as we increase headcount, expand our business activities and grow our 
end customer base which will result in higher needs for working capital. Our ability to generate cash from operations is also subject to 
substantial risks described in Part I, “Item 1A., Risk Factors.” If any of these risks occur, we may be unable to generate or sustain positive 
cash flow from operating activities. We would then be required to use existing cash and cash equivalents to support our working capital 
and other cash requirements. If additional funds are required to support our working capital requirements, acquisitions or other purposes, 
we may seek to raise funds through debt financing or from other sources. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or 
convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders could be significantly diluted, and these newly-issued securities 
may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing stockholders. If we raise additional funds by obtaining loans from 
third parties, the terms of those financing arrangements may include negative covenants or other restrictions on our business that could 
impair our operating flexibility, and would also require us to incur interest expense. We can provide no assurance that additional financing 
will be available at all or, if available, that we would be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us.  

Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Contingencies  

The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015:  

Payments due by period  

Less 
Than 
1 Year  

Total  

1-3 
Years  
(in thousands) 

3-5 
Years  

More 
Than 
5 Years  

Convertible debt ............................................................   $ 
Operating lease obligations ...........................................     

230,000      
23,093      

—      
14,660      

—    $ 
6,551      

230,000      
1,882      

—  
—  

As of December 31, 2015, we recorded a liability for our uncertain tax position of $7.0 million. We are unable to reasonably estimate 

the timing of payments in individual years due to uncertainties in the timing of the effective settlement of tax positions. 

We  depend  upon  third  party  subcontractors  to  manufacture  our  wafers.  Our  subcontractor  relationships  typically  allow  for  the 
cancellation of outstanding purchase orders, but require payment of all expenses incurred through the date of cancellation. As of December 
31, 2015, the total value of open purchase orders for wafers was approximately $5.3 million. 

44 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements  

Since  our  inception,  we  have  not  engaged  in  any  off-balance  sheet  arrangements,  such  as  the  use  of  structured  finance,  special 

purpose entities or variable interest entities.  

Recent Authoritative Accounting Guidance  

See  Note  1  of  the  notes  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements  for  information  regarding  recently  issued  accounting 

pronouncements.  

ITEM 7A.  

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Interest Rate Sensitivity  

We had cash and cash equivalents and investments in marketable securities of $326.7 and $69.3 million at December 31, 2015 and 
December 31, 2014, respectively, which was held for working capital purposes. Our exposure to market interest-rate risk relates primarily 
to our investment portfolio. We do not use derivative financial instruments to hedge the market risks of our investments. We manage our 
total portfolio to encompass a diversified pool of investment-grade securities to preserve principal and maintain liquidity. We place our 
investments with high-quality issuers, money market funds and debt securities. Our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2015 consisted 
of  money  market  funds,  U.S.  Treasuries,  municipal  bonds,  corporate  bonds,  government  agency  bonds  and  asset  backed  securities. 
Investments in both fixed rate and floating rate instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. Fixed rate securities may have their market 
value adversely impacted due to an increase in interest rates, while floating rate securities may produce less income than expected if interest 
rates fall. Due in part to these factors, our future investment income may fall short of expectations due to changes in interest rates or if the 
decline in fair value of our publicly traded debt investments is judged to be other-than-temporary. We may suffer losses in principal if we 
are forced to sell securities that have declined in market value due to changes in interest rates. However, because any debt securities we 
hold are classified as available-for-sale, no gains or losses are realized in the income statement due to changes in interest rates unless such 
securities are sold prior to maturity or unless declines in value are determined to be other-than-temporary. These securities are reported at 
fair value with the related unrealized gains and losses, net of applicable taxes, included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), 
reported  in  a  separate  component  of  stockholders'  equity.  Although,  we  currently  expect  that  our  ability  to  access  or  liquidate  these 
investments as needed to support our business activities will continue, we cannot ensure that this will not change. We believe that, if market 
interest rates were to change immediately and uniformly by 10% from levels at December 31, 2015, the impact on the fair value of these 
securities or our cash flows or income would not be material. 

In a declining interest rate environment, as short-term investments mature, reinvestment occurs at less favorable market rates. Given 

the short-term nature of certain investments, the current interest rate environment may negatively impact our investment income.  

As of December 31, 2015, we had outstanding debt of $230 million in the form of Convertible Notes. The fair value of our Convertible 
Notes is subject to interest rate risk, market risk and other factors due to the convertible feature. The fair value of the Convertible Notes 
will generally increase as interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise. In addition, the fair value of the Convertible Notes will 
generally increase as our common stock price increases and will generally decrease as our common stock price declines in value. The 
interest and market value changes affect the fair value of our Convertible Notes but do not impact our financial position, cash flows or 
results of operations due to the fixed nature of the debt obligation. 

Our  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  investment  in  marketable  securities  at  December  31,  2015  consisted  of  $297.4  million  held 
domestically, with the remaining balance of $29.3 million held by foreign subsidiaries. There may be adverse tax effects upon repatriation 
of these funds to the United States. We do not plan to repatriate cash balances from foreign subsidiaries to fund our operations in the United 
States. 

Foreign Currency Risk  

To date, our international customer and vendor agreements have been denominated almost exclusively in United States dollars. 
Accordingly, we have limited exposure to foreign currency exchange rates and currently enter into immaterial foreign currency hedging 
transactions. 

45 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
           
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm .............................................................................................................. 
Consolidated Balance Sheets ............................................................................................................................................................ 
Consolidated Statements of Operations ............................................................................................................................................ 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) ............................................................................................................. 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity ............................................................................................................................ 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows ........................................................................................................................................... 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ..................................................................................................................................... 

47 
48 
49 
50 
51 
52 
53 

46 

 
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
 
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Inphi Corporation:  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income 
(loss),  stockholders’  equity  and  cash  flows  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  Inphi  Corporation  and  its 
subsidiaries at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period 
ended December 31, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, 
the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on 
criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the 
Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  The  Company's  management  is  responsible  for  these  financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective 
internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in 
Management's  Annual  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting  appearing  under  Item  9A.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express 
opinions on these financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We 
conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards 
require that  we plan  and  perform  the audits  to obtain  reasonable assurance about  whether the  financial  statements  are  free  of material 
misstatement  and  whether effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was maintained  in all  material  respects.  Our  audits  of  the 
financial  statements  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements, 
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement 
presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial 
reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal 
control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audits  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the 
circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial  reporting  and the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted accounting 
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance 
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide 
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations 
of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (iii)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of 
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.  

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of 
any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
San Jose, CA 
February 29, 2016 

47 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Consolidated Balance Sheets  
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

Assets 
Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents ......................................................................................................   $ 
Investments in marketable securities ......................................................................................     
Accounts receivable, net ........................................................................................................     
Inventories .............................................................................................................................     
Deferred tax assets .................................................................................................................     
Income tax receivable ............................................................................................................     
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..............................................................................     
Total current assets .....................................................................................................     
Property and equipment, net ..........................................................................................................     
Goodwill ........................................................................................................................................     
Identifiable intangible assets, net ...................................................................................................     
Deferred tax charge ........................................................................................................................     
Other assets, net .............................................................................................................................     
Total assets .....................................................................................................   $ 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity  
Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable ...................................................................................................................   $ 
Deferred revenue ....................................................................................................................     
Accrued employee expenses ..................................................................................................     
Other accrued expenses ..........................................................................................................     
Other current liabilities ..........................................................................................................     
Total current liabilities ...............................................................................................     
Convertible debt .............................................................................................................................     
Other long-term liabilities ..............................................................................................................     
Total liabilities ...........................................................................................................     

Commitments and contingencies (Note 16) 

Stockholders’ equity: 

December 31, 

2015 

2014 

283,044     $ 
43,616       
30,418       
17,828       
—       
327       
3,642       
378,875       
36,280       
9,154       
66,289       
2,322       
12,126       
505,046     $ 

8,389     $ 
6,667       
13,719       
4,185       
1,018       
33,978       
171,701       
8,697       
214,376       

30,366  
38,908  
36,914  
26,650  
678  
204  
6,779  
140,499  
35,498  
9,154  
80,773  
3,261  
9,274  
278,459  

7,884  
7,110  
9,492  
4,952  
2,438  
31,876  
—  
7,409  
39,285  

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued ...........     
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 39,389,280 and 

37,310,963 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively ........     
Additional paid-in capital ...................................................................................................     
Accumulated deficit ...........................................................................................................     
Accumulated other comprehensive income ........................................................................     
Total stockholders’ equity ..........................................................................................     
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity .......................................................................................   $ 

—       

—  

39       
392,616       
(102,741 )     
756       
290,670       
505,046     $ 

37  
327,475  
(89,190) 
852  
239,174  
278,459  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

48 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Consolidated Statements of Operations 
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

2015  

Year Ended December 31,  
2014  

2013 

Revenue ........................................................................................................   $ 
Cost of revenue .............................................................................................     
Gross profit ...................................................................................................     
Operating expenses: 
Research and development ............................................................................     
Sales and marketing ......................................................................................     
General and administrative ...........................................................................     
Total operating expenses ...................................................................     
Loss from operations .....................................................................................     
Interest expense .............................................................................................     
Other income.................................................................................................     
Loss before income taxes ..............................................................................     
Provision for income taxes ............................................................................     
Net loss .................................................................................................   $ 

Earnings per share: 

Basic .....................................................................................................   $ 
Diluted ..................................................................................................   $ 

246,616    $ 
98,294      
148,322      

106,444      
26,563      
20,322      
153,329      
(5,007)     
(783)     
221      
(5,569)     
7,982      
(13,551)   $ 

(0.35)   $ 
(0.35)   $ 

156,142     $ 
70,488       
85,654       

70,863       
20,003       
16,153       
107,019       
(21,365 )     
—       
495       
(20,870 )     
1,738       
(22,608 )   $ 

(0.69 )   $ 
(0.69 )   $ 

102,664  
37,095  
65,569  

50,516  
15,741  
11,614  
77,871  
(12,302) 
—  
876  
(11,426) 
1,752  
(13,178) 

(0.45) 
(0.45) 

Weighted-average shares used in computing earnings per share: 

Basic .....................................................................................................     
Diluted ..................................................................................................     

38,580,330      
38,580,330      

32,707,868       
32,707,868       

29,493,005  
29,493,005  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

49 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) 
(in thousands) 

Year Ended December 31,  
2014  

2013 

2015  

Net loss .........................................................................................................   $ 

(13,551)   $ 

(22,608 )   $ 

(13,178) 

Other comprehensive income (loss): 
Available for sale investments: 

Change in unrealized gain, net of $0, $45 and $(80) tax expense 

(benefit) in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively .................................     
Realized gain reclassified into earnings, net of tax  ..............................     
Comprehensive loss ......................................................................................   $ 

(87)     
(9)     
(13,647)   $ 

11       
(97 )     
(22,694 )   $ 

(88) 
(45) 
(13,311) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

50 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity 
(in thousands, except share amounts)  

   Common Stock 

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Accumulated 
Deficit 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income 

Total 
Stockholders’ 
Equity 

205,269     $ 

(53,404)   $ 

1,071    $ 

152,965  

   Shares  

    Amount       
29    $ 

Balance at December 31, 2012 .....       28,730,046    $ 
Issuance of common stock from 
exercise of stock options and 
warrant ......................................      

854,379      

1      

2,904       

—      

—      

2,905  

Issuance of common stock from 

restricted stock unit grant, net of 
shares withheld for tax ..............      

Issuance of common stock from 

380,940      

—      

(2,180 )     

employee stock purchase plan ...      

279,074      

—      

Income tax benefit adjustment 

from stock option exercises .......      

—      

—      

Stock-based compensation 

expense ......................................      
—      
—      
Net loss ........................................      
Other comprehensive loss, net .....      
—      
Balance at December 31, 2013 .....       30,244,439    $ 
Issuance of common stock from 

—      
—      
—      
30    $ 

2,221       

(185 )     

16,978       
—       
—       
225,007     $ 

—      

—      

—      

—      
(13,178)     
—      
(66,582)   $ 

—      

—      

—      

—      
—      
(133)     
938    $ 

(2,180) 

2,221  

(185) 

16,978  
(13,178) 
(133) 
159,393  

exercise of stock options ...........      

788,196      

1      

4,297       

—      

—      

4,298  

Issuance of common stock from 
restricted stock unit grants, net 
of shares withheld for tax ..........      

Issuance of common stock from 

738,862      

1      

(4,965 )     

employee stock purchase plan ...      

264,886      

—      

2,668       

Income tax benefit from stock 

option exercises .........................      

—      

—      

55       

Stock-based compensation 

expense ......................................      

—      

—      

22,460       

—      

—      

—      

—      

Issuance of stock from Cortina 

acquisition .................................       5,274,580      
—      
Net loss ........................................      
Other comprehensive income, net      
—      
Balance at December 31, 2014 .....       37,310,963    $ 
Issuance of common stock from 

5      
—      
—      
37    $ 

77,953       
—       
—       
327,475     $ 

—      
(22,608)     
—      
(89,190)   $ 

exercise of stock options ...........      

722,913      

1      

6,144       

—      

Issuance of common stock from 
restricted stock unit grants, net 
of shares withheld for tax ..........       1,028,650      

Issuance of common stock from 

1      

(12,914 )     

employee stock purchase plan ...      

326,764      

—      

Income tax benefit from stock 

option exercises .........................      

—      

—      

4,583       

4,305       

Stock-based compensation 

expense ......................................      

Conversion feature of convertible 

debt, net of issuance costs .........      
Purchase of capped calls ..............      
Net loss ........................................      
Other comprehensive income, net      

—      

—      

28,293       

—      
—      
—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
—      

52,532       
(17,802 )     
—       
—       

—      
—      
(13,551)     
—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      
—      
(86)     
852    $ 

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      

—      
—      
—      
(96)     

(4,964) 

2,668  

55  

22,460  

77,958  
(22,608) 
(86) 
239,174  

6,145  

(12,913) 

4,583  

4,305  

28,293  

52,532  
(17,802) 
(13,551) 
(96) 

Balance at December 31, 2015 .....       39,389,290    $ 

39    $ 

392,616     $ 

(102,741)   $ 

756    $ 

290,670  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

51 

 
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
         
         
        
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
      
        
        
         
         
        
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(in thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities 
Net loss ..........................................................................................................   $ 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 

activities: 

Depreciation and amortization ...........................................................     
Stock-based compensation .................................................................     
Loss on disposal and abandonment of property and equipment .........     
Impairment of in-process research and development .........................     
Deferred income taxes ........................................................................     
Amortization of deferred tax charge ..................................................     
Excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation ....................     
Accretion of convertible debt  ............................................................     
Amortization of premiums on marketable securities ..........................     
Other noncash items ...........................................................................     
Changes in assets and liabilities: 

Accounts receivable ...............................................................     
Inventories ..............................................................................     
Prepaid expenses and other assets ..........................................     
Income tax payable/receivable ...............................................     
Accounts payable ...................................................................     
Accrued expenses ...................................................................     
Deferred revenue ....................................................................     
Other liabilities .......................................................................     
Net cash provided by operating activities ...................     

Cash flows from investing activities 
Purchases of property and equipment ............................................................     
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment ..............................................     
Purchases of marketable securities .................................................................     
Sales and maturities of marketable securities .................................................     
Purchase of patents ........................................................................................     
Acquisition of Cortina, net of cash acquired ..................................................     
Purchase of cost-method investment in private company ..............................     
Net cash used in investing activities ...........................     

Cash flows from financing activities 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options ........................................................     
Excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation ................................     
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan ................................................     
Proceeds from issuance of convertible debt, net of issuance costs .................     
Purchase of capped call options .....................................................................     
Minimum tax withholding paid on behalf of employees for net share 

settlement ..................................................................................................     
Net cash provided by financing activities ...................     
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .....................................     
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year .............................................     
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year .......................................................   $ 
Supplemental Cash Flow Information 

Year Ended December 31,  
2014  

2015  

2013  

(13,551)   $ 

(22,608 )   $ 

(13,178 ) 

26,884      
28,293      
1,958      
1,750      
(142)     
939      
(4,305)     
592      
554      
(9)     

6,496      
8,822      
2,200      
6,441      
(209)     
3,413      
(443)     
(1,445)     
68,238      

(16,557)     
75      
(21,906)     
16,517      
—      
—      
(2,000)     
(23,871)     

6,145      
4,305      
4,583      
223,993      
(17,802)     

(12,913)     
208,311      
252,678      
30,366      
283,044    $ 

14,114       
22,460       
1,195       
—       
487       
938       
(55 )     
—       
800       
2       

(8,686 )     
10,119       
(3,255 )     
(576 )     
(1,302 )     
(9,006 )     
5,424       
(1,665 )     
8,386       

(21,171 )     
—       
(38,557 )     
89,872       
(1,580 )     
(35,308 )     
(5,000 )     
(11,744 )     

4,298       
55       
2,668       
—       
—       

(4,964 )     
2,057       
(1,301 )     
31,667       
30,366     $ 

77,958     $ 
715     $ 

7,508   
16,978   
516   
—   
(163 ) 
938   
—   
—   
983   
(46 ) 

644   
(1,873 ) 
(578 ) 
3,045   
379   
1,645   
603   
1,257   
18,658   

(16,578 ) 
—   
(43,125 ) 
42,226   
—   
—   
(2,621 ) 
(20,098 ) 

2,905   
—   
2,221   
—   
—   

(2,180 ) 
2,946   
1,506   
30,161   
31,667   

—   
59   

Acquisition of Cortina Systems, Inc. in exchange for common stock   $ 
Income taxes paid ...............................................................................   $ 

—    $ 
723    $ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

52 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  

Inphi  Corporation  (the  “Company”),  a  Delaware  corporation,  was  incorporated  in  November  2000.  The  Company  is  a  fabless 
provider of high-speed analog and mixed signal semiconductor solutions for the communications, datacenter and computing markets. The 
Company’s  semiconductor  solutions  are  designed  to  address  bandwidth  bottlenecks  in  networks,  maximize  throughput  and  minimize 
latency in computing environments and enable the rollout of next generation communications, datacenter and computing infrastructures. 
In  addition,  the  semiconductor  solutions  provide  a  vital  high-speed  interface  between  analog  signals  and  digital  information  in  high-
performance systems such as telecommunications transport systems, enterprise networking equipment, datacenter and enterprise servers, 
storage platforms, test and measurement equipment and military systems.  

On October 3, 2014, the Company completed the acquisition of Cortina Systems, Inc. including its high-speed interconnect and 
optical transport product lines (Cortina) for approximately $52,509 in cash and approximately 5.3 million shares of the Company’s common 
stock in accordance with the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated July 30, 2014 as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement and 
Plan of Merger dated September 25, 2014. The revenue and expenses of Cortina are included in the consolidated statement of income for 
the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015. 

The Company is subject to certain risks and uncertainties and believes changes in any of the following areas could have a material 
adverse effect on the Company’s future financial position or results of operations or cash flows: ability to sustain profitable operations due 
to history of losses and accumulated deficit, dependence on limited number of customers for a substantial portion of revenue, product 
defects,  risks  related  to  intellectual  property  matters,  lengthy  sales  cycle  and  competitive  selection  process,  lengthy  and  expensive 
qualification  process,  ability  to  develop  new  or  enhance  products  in  a  timely  manner,  market  development  of  and  demand  for  the 
Company’s products, reliance on third parties to manufacture, assemble and test products and ability to compete.  

Basis of Presentation  

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles  in  the  United  States  of  America  (“GAAP”)  and  include  the  accounts  of  Inphi,  Cortina  and  subsidiaries.  All  significant 
intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  

 Business Combinations  

The  Company  accounts  for  acquisitions  of  business  using  the  purchase  method  of  accounting,  which  requires  the  Company  to 
recognize separately from goodwill the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values. While the Company 
uses  its  best  estimates  and  assumptions  to  accurately  value  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  at  the  acquisition  date  as  well  as 
contingent  consideration,  where  applicable,  the  estimates  are  inherently  uncertain  and  subject  to  refinement.  As  a  result,  during  the 
measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company may record adjustments to the assets acquired 
and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination 
of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to the consolidated 
statements of operations. 

Accounting  for  business  combinations  requires  management  to  make  significant  estimates  and  assumptions,  especially  at  the 
acquisition date including the Company’s estimates for intangible assets, contractual obligations assumed and pre-acquisition contingencies 
where applicable. Although, the Company believes the assumptions and estimates made in the past have been reasonable and appropriate, 
they are based in part on historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies and are inherently 
uncertain. Critical estimates in valuing certain of the intangible assets the Company acquired include future expected cash flows from 
product sales, customer contracts and acquired technologies, expected costs to develop in-process research and development (IPR&D) into 
commercially viable products and estimated cash flows from the projects when completed and discount rates. Unanticipated events and 
circumstances may occur that may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results. 

Use of Estimates  

The  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United 
States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses 
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.  

53 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to (i) the collectibility of accounts receivable and 
allowance for distributors’ price discounts; (ii) write down for excess and obsolete inventories; (iii) warranty obligations; (iv) the value 
assigned to and estimated useful lives of long-lived assets; (v) the realization of tax assets and estimates of tax liabilities and tax reserves; 
(vi) the valuation of equity securities; (vii) amounts recorded in connection with acquisitions; (viii) recoverability of intangible assets and 
goodwill and (ix) the recognition and disclosure of fair value of convertible debt and contingent liabilities. These estimates are based on 
historical data and experience, as well as various other factors that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the 
results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from 
other  sources.  The  Company  engages  third  party  valuation  specialists  to  assist  with  estimates  related  to  the  valuation  of  financial 
instruments and assets associated with various contractual arrangements, and valuation of assets acquired in connection with acquisitions. 
Such  estimates  often  require  the  selection  of  appropriate  valuation  methodologies  and  models,  and  significant  judgment  in  evaluating 
ranges of assumptions and financial inputs. Actual results may differ from those estimates under different assumptions or circumstances.  

Foreign Currency Translation  

The Company and its subsidiaries use the U.S. dollar as its functional currency. Foreign currency assets and liabilities are remeasured 
into U.S. dollars at the end-of-period exchange rates except for non-monetary assets and liabilities, which are remeasured at historical 
exchange rates. Revenue and expenses are remeasured at the exchange rate in effect during the period the transaction occurred, except for 
those expenses related to balance sheet amounts, which are remeasured at historical exchange rates. Gains or losses from foreign currency 
transactions are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as part of “Other income (expense)”. Foreign currency gain (loss) 
in 2015, 2014 and 2013 were ($524), ($136) and $16, respectively. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents  

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at the date of 
purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents with major financial institutions and, at times, such 
balances with any one financial institution may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits. Cash equivalents primarily 
consist of money market funds.  

Fair Market Value of Financial Instruments  

The carrying amount reflected in the balance sheet for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid and other current 
assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities, approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these financial 
instruments.  

Investments in Marketable Securities 

Investments in marketable securities consist of available-for-sale securities. These investments are recorded at fair value with changes 
in fair value, net of applicable taxes, recorded as unrealized gains (losses) as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in 
stockholders' equity. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary on available-for-sale securities are 
included in Other (expense) income, net. The cost basis for realized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities is determined on a 
specific identification basis. Investments are made based on the Company’s investment policy which restricts the types of investments that 
can be made. The Company classified available-for-sale securities as short-term as the investments are available to be used in current 
operations. 

 Inventories  

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is computed using standard cost, which approximates actual cost, on a 
first-in, first-out basis. Inventories are reduced for write downs based on periodic reviews for evidence of slow-moving or obsolete parts. 
The write-down is based on comparison between inventory on hand and estimated future sales for each specific product. Once written 
down, inventory write downs are not reversed until the inventory is sold or scrapped. Inventory write downs are also established when 
conditions indicate that the net realizable value is less than cost due to physical deterioration, obsolescence, changes in price level or other 
causes. Inventory valuation reserves were $4,608, and $1,949, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

54 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Property and Equipment  

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is provided 
on property and equipment over the estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-
line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or lease terms. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Useful 
lives by asset category are as follows:  

Asset Category  
Office equipment .................................................................................................................... 
Software .................................................................................................................................. 
Leasehold improvements ........................................................................................................  Shorter of lease term or estimated useful life 
Production equipment ............................................................................................................. 
Computer equipment ............................................................................................................... 
Lab equipment ........................................................................................................................ 
Furniture and fixtures .............................................................................................................. 

Years 
3 
3 

2 
5 
5 
7 

Equipment Under Capital Leases 

The Company leases certain of its equipment under capital lease agreements. The assets and liabilities under capital leases are initially 
recorded at the fair value of the assets under lease. The capital lease obligation outstanding at December 31, 2014 was $142, paid in 2015. 

Intangible Assets 

Intangible  assets  represent  rights  acquired  for  developed  technology,  customer  relationships,  trade  mark,  patents  and  IPR&D  in 
connection with the acquisition of Cortina. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over periods ranging from five to ten 
years using a method that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset are consumed, or if that pattern cannot 
be  reliably  determined,  using  a  straight-line  amortization  method.  Acquired  IPR&D  is  capitalized  and  amortization  commences  upon 
completion of the underlying projects. If any of the projects are abandoned, the Company would be required to impair the related IPR&D 
asset. 

Impairment of Long-lived Assets and Goodwill  

Long-lived Assets  

The Company assesses the impairment of long-lived assets, which consist primarily of property and equipment and intangible assets, 
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that such assets might be impaired and the carrying value may not be recoverable. 
Events or changes in circumstances that may indicate that an asset is impaired include significant decreases in the market value of an asset, 
significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future results of operations, a change in the extent or manner in 
which an asset is utilized, significant declines in the estimated fair value of the overall Company for a sustained period, shifts in technology, 
loss of key management or personnel, changes in the Company’s operating model or strategy and competitive forces.  

If  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  may  not  be  recoverable  and  the  expected 
undiscounted future cash flows attributable to the asset are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss equal to the excess 
of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value is recorded. Fair value is determined based on the present value of estimated expected future 
cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risk involved, quoted market prices or appraised values, depending on the nature 
of the assets.  

Goodwill  

Goodwill is recorded when the consideration paid for a business acquisition exceeds the fair value of net tangible and intangible 
assets acquired. Goodwill is measured and tested for impairment on an annual basis during the fourth fiscal quarter or more frequently if 
the Company believes indicators of impairment exist.   

55 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The performance of the test involves a two-step process. The first step requires comparing the fair value of the reporting unit to its 
net book value, including goodwill. As the Company has only one reporting unit, the fair value of the reporting unit is determined by taking 
the market capitalization of the Company as determined through quoted market prices and adjusted for control premiums and other relevant 
factors. A potential impairment exists if the fair value of the reporting unit is lower than its net book value. The second step of the process 
is only performed if a potential impairment exists, and it involves determining the difference between the fair value of the reporting unit's 
net assets other than goodwill and the fair value of the reporting unit. If the difference is less than the net book value of goodwill, impairment 
exists and is recorded. In the event that the Company determines that the value of goodwill has become impaired, the Company will record 
an accounting charge for the amount of impairment during the fiscal quarter in which the determination is made. The Company has not 
been required to perform this second step of the process because the fair value of the reporting unit has significantly exceeded its book 
value at every measurement date. The guidance also provides the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence 
of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its 
carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair 
value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount,  then  performing  the  two-step  impairment  test  is  unnecessary.  There was  no 
impairment of goodwill in 2015, 2014 and 2013. 

Internal Use Software Costs  

Certain external computer software costs acquired for internal use are capitalized. Training costs and maintenance are expensed as 
incurred, while upgrades and enhancements are capitalized if it is probable that such expenditures will result in additional functionality. 
Capitalized costs are included within property and equipment.  

Revenue Recognition  

The Company’s products are fully functional at the time of shipment and do not require additional production, modification, or 
customization. The Company recognizes revenue when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, delivery has occurred, the fee is 
fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured. The Company’s sales arrangements do not include multiple elements.  

Product revenue is recognized upon shipment of product to customers, net of accruals for estimated sales returns and allowances, 
which to date, have not been significant. However, some of the Company’s sales are made through distributors under arrangements that 
allow for price protection or rights of return on product unsold by the distributors. Product revenue on sales made through distributors with 
rights of return or price protection is deferred until the distributors sell the product to end customers. Sales to distributors are included in 
deferred revenue and the Company includes the related costs in inventory until sale to the end customers occurs. Price protection rights 
allow distributors the right to a credit in the event of declines in the price of the Company’s product that they hold prior to the sale to an 
end  customer.  In  the  event  that  the  Company  reduces  the  selling  price  of  products  held  by  distributors,  deferred  revenue  related  to 
distributors with price protection rights is reduced upon notification to the customer of the price change. Additionally, certain distributors 
may  receive  a  credit  for  the  price  discounts  associated  with  the  distributors'  customers  that  purchased  those  products.  The  Company 
estimates the extent of these distributor price discounts at each reporting period to reduce accounts receivable and deferred revenue, but 
does not issue these discounts to the distributor until the inventory is sold to the distributors' customers. The Company’s sales to direct 
customers are made primarily pursuant to standard purchase orders for delivery of products. The Company generally allows customers to 
cancel or change purchase orders within limited notice periods prior to the scheduled shipment.  

The Company recognizes revenue from the sales and licensing of its intellectual property when the following fundamental criteria 
are  met:  (i)  persuasive  evidence of  an  arrangement  exists,  (ii)  delivery  has  occurred,  (iii) the  sales  price  is  fixed or  determinable,  and 
(iv) collection of resulting receivables is reasonably assured. 

Occasionally, the  Company enters  into  development  agreements  with  some  of  its  customers and  recognizes  revenue  from  these 
agreements upon completion and acceptance by the customer of contract deliverables or as services are provided, depending on the terms 
of the arrangement. Revenue is deferred for any amounts billed or received prior to completion of milestones or delivery of services. 

Revenue from non-product sales was less than 2% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015. 

Cost of Revenue  

Cost of revenue includes cost of materials, such as wafers processed by third-party foundries, cost associated with packaging and 
assembly, test and shipping, cost of personnel, including stock-based compensation, and equipment associated with manufacturing support, 
logistics and quality assurance, warranty cost, amortization of developed technology, amortization of step-up values of inventory, write 
down of inventories, amortization of production mask costs, overhead and an allocated portion of occupancy costs.  

56 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Warranty  

The Company’s products are under warranty against defects in material and workmanship generally for a period of one or two years. 
The Company accrues for estimated warranty cost at the time of sale based on anticipated warranty claims and actual historical warranty 
claims experience including knowledge of specific product failures that are outside of the Company’s typical experience. The warranty 
obligation  is  determined  based  on  product  failure  rates,  cost  of  replacement  and  failure  analysis  cost.  If  actual  warranty  costs  differ 
significantly  from  these  estimates,  adjustments  may  be  required  in  the  future.  As  of  both  December  31,  2015  and  2014,  the  warranty 
liability was $110. 

The following table sets forth changes in warranty accrual included in other accrued expenses in the Company’s consolidated balance 

sheets:  

2015  

Year Ended December 31,  
2014  

2013  

Beginning balance ........................................................................................   $ 
Warranty liabilities assumed in acquisition ..................................................     
Settlements ...................................................................................................     
  $ 

110    $ 
—      
—      
110    $ 

40    $ 
79      
(9)     
110    $ 

40   
—   
—   
40   

On November 3, 2014, the Company received a claim notification from an insurance company asserting a claim of approximately 
$4,000 for field installation repair and replacement costs incurred by a customer in 2011. The Company believes that it had fulfilled its 
contractual obligation to provide warranty repair and replacement, but has referred the matter to its insurance carrier at the request of the 
insurance company. As of December 31, 2015, the Company believes that the liability under this claim is not probable. Nevertheless, 
resolutions of third-party claims are inherently uncertain and as such, an unfavorable outcome could ultimately impact the Company’s 
business, cash flow and results of operations. 

Research and Development Expense  

Research and development expense consists of costs incurred in performing research and development activities including salaries, 
stock-based  compensation,  employee  benefits,  occupancy  costs,  pre-production  engineering  mask  costs,  overhead  costs  and  prototype 
wafer,  packaging  and  test  costs.  Research  and  development  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred.  The  Company  enters  into  development 
agreements with some of the Company’s customers. Recoveries from nonrecurring engineering services from early stage technology are 
recorded as an offset to product development expense incurred in support of this effort and serve as a mechanism to partially recover 
development expenditures. These reimbursements are recognized upon completion and acceptance by the customer of contract deliverables 
or milestones. The Company recorded approximately $10,750, $10,250 and $1,000 as offset to research and development expense for the 
years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

Sales and Marketing Expense  

Sales and marketing expense consists of salaries, stock-based compensation, employee benefits, travel and trade show costs. The 
Company expenses sales and marketing costs as incurred. Advertising expenses for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 
were not material.  

General and Administrative Expense  

General and administrative expense consists of salaries, stock-based compensation, employee benefits and expenses for executive 
management,  legal  and  finance.  In  addition,  general  and administrative  expense  includes  fees  for  professional  services  and  occupancy 
costs. These costs are expensed as incurred.  

Income Taxes  

Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  determined  based  on  differences  between  financial  reporting  and  tax  bases  of  assets  and 
liabilities, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The 
Company must also make judgments in evaluating whether deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income. To the extent 
that it believes that recovery is not likely, the Company must establish a valuation allowance. The carrying value of the Company’s net 
deferred tax asset is based on whether it is more likely than not that the Company will generate sufficient future taxable income to realize 
these deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets which the Company does not believe meet the “more 
likely  than  not”  criteria.  The  Company’s  judgments  regarding  future  taxable  income  may  change  over  time  due  to  changes  in  market 
conditions, changes in tax laws, tax planning strategies or other factors. If the Company’s assumptions and consequently its estimates 
change in the future, the valuation allowance the Company has established may be increased or decreased, resulting in a material respective 
increase or decrease in income tax expense (benefit) and related impact on the Company’s reported net income (loss).  

57 

 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

In  accordance  with  FASBs  guidance  on  Accounting  for  Uncertainty  in  Income Taxes,  the  Company  performs  a  comprehensive 
review of uncertain tax positions regularly. In this regard, an uncertain tax position represents an expected treatment of a tax position taken 
in a filed tax return, or planned to be taken in a future tax return or claim, which has not been reflected in measuring income tax expense 
for  financial  reporting  purposes.  Until  these  positions are  sustained  by the  taxing  authorities, the Company  does not  recognize the tax 
benefits  resulting  from  such  positions  and  reports  the  tax  effects  as  a  liability  for  uncertain  tax  positions  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements. The Company recognizes potential interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions within provision (benefit) for income taxes 
on the consolidated statement of operations. 

Stock-Based Compensation  

Stock-based compensation for stock option and restricted stock units issued to the Company’s employees is measured at the grant 
date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is the vesting period, on a 
straight-line basis. The fair value of restricted stock units is based on the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of 
grant. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for valuing stock option awards granted to employees and directors at 
the grant date. Determining the fair value of stock option awards at the grant date requires the input of various assumptions, including fair 
value  of  the  underlying  common  stock,  expected  future  share  price  volatility,  expected  term,  risk-free  interest  rate  and  dividend  rate. 
Changes in these assumptions can materially affect the fair value of the options. The Company based its estimate of expected volatility on 
the estimated volatility of similar entities whose share prices are publicly available. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury 
yields in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding to the expected life of the options. The weighted average expected life of 
options was calculated using the simplified method. This decision was based on the lack of relevant historical data due to the Company’s 
limited  experience.  The  expected  dividend  yield  is  zero  because  the  Company  has  not  historically  paid  dividends  and  has  no  present 
intention to pay dividends. The Company establishes the estimated forfeiture rates based on historical experience. The value of the portion 
of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service period which is equal to the vesting 
period.  

The Company has elected to treat share-based payment awards with graded vesting schedules and time-based service conditions as 
single awards and recognizes stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis (net of estimated forfeitures) over the requisite 
service period.  

The  Company  recognizes  non-employee  stock-based  compensation  expenses  based  on  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  equity 
instrument determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Management believes that the fair value of the stock options is more 
reliably measured than the fair value of the services received. The fair value of each non-employee variable stock award is re-measured 
each period until a commitment date is reached, which is generally the vesting date.  

Earnings per Share  

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing income allocable to common stockholders (after the reduction for any preferred 
stock dividends assuming current income for the period had been distributed) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock 
outstanding, net of shares subject to repurchase by the Company, during the period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing 
the net income allocable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, adjusted for the effects 
of potentially dilutive common stock, which are comprised of stock options, restricted stock units, employee share purchase plan and the 
shares that could be issued upon conversion of the Company’s convertible debt. The capped call options in connection with the issuance 
of the convertible notes are excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share as their impact is always anti-dilutive.  

Segment Information  

The Company operates in one segment related to the design, development and sale of high speed analog connectivity components 
that  operate  to  maintain,  amplify  and  improve  signal  integrity  at  high  speeds  in  a  wide  variety  of  applications.  The  Company’s  chief 
operating decision-maker is its Chief Executive Officer, who reviews operating results on an aggregate basis and manages the Company’s 
operations as a single operating segment.  

58 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements  

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued guidance on “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.” 
The new revenue recognition guidance provides a five-step analysis of transactions to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The 
guidance requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or 
services to customers. The new guidance was initially effective for the Company on January 1, 2017. The new guidance permits the use of 
either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company is evaluating the effect that the new revenue recognition 
guidance will have on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company has not yet selected a transition method 
nor determined the effect of the standard on the ongoing financial reporting. In July 2015, the FASB voted to defer the effective date of 
the new revenue recognition standard by one year. The guidance may be adopted as early as January 1, 2017, the effective date of the 
original guidance. 

In November 2014, the FASB, issued guidance to determine whether and at what threshold an acquired business or not-for-profit 
organization can apply pushdown accounting. This guidance provides an option to apply pushdown accounting in the separate financial 
statements of an acquired entity upon the occurrence of an event in which an acquirer obtains control of the acquired entity. The guidance 
is effective on November 18, 2014. After the effective date, an acquired entity can make an election to apply the guidance to future change-
in-control events or to its most recent change-in-control event. However, if the financial statements for the period in which the most recent 
change-in-control event occurred already have been issued or made available to be issued, the application of this guidance would be a 
change in accounting principle. The adoption of this guidance did not impact the consolidated financial statements. 

In  April  2015,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  that  requires  an  entity  to  present  debt  issuance  costs  on  the  balance  sheet  as  a  direct 
deduction from the related debt liability as opposed to an asset. Amortization of the costs will continue to be reported as interest expense. 
The update is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements 
that have not been previously issued, and the new guidance would be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented. The Company 
has early adopted the standard in the year ended December 31, 2015. There was no impact to prior period consolidated financial statements. 

In July 2015, the FASB issued guidance applying to inventory measured using any other method other than last-in, last-out method. 
Under this guidance inventory is measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The net realizable value is the estimated selling 
price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. The guidance is 
applied  prospectively  and  is  effective  for  the  Company  beginning  January  1,  2017.  Early  adoption  is  permitted.  The  adoption  of  this 
standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. 

In  September  2015,  the  FASB  issued  guidance  that  requires  an  acquirer  in  a  business  combination  to  recognize  adjustments  to 
provisional  amounts  that  are  identified  during  the  measurement  period  in  the  reporting  period  in  which  the  adjustment  amounts  are 
determined. The guidance also requires disclosure of the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization or other income effects, 
if any, as a result of the adjustment to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. 
This guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2016. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material 
impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. 

In November 2015, FASB, issued guidance that simplifies the presentation of deferred tax assets and liabilities in a classified balance 
sheet. This guidance eliminates the current requirement to present deferred tax liabilities and assets as current and non-current in a classified 
balance sheet. Instead, all deferred tax assets and liabilities will be required to be classified as non-current. The Company early adopted 
this guidance prospectively for the year ended December 31, 2015.  

In January 2016, the FASB issued guidance that requires equity investments (except those accounted for under the equity method of 
accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net 
income. However, an entity may choose to measure equity investments that do not have readily determinable fair values at cost minus 
impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or a similar 
investment of the same issuer. The guidance simplifies the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair 
values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment. When a qualitative assessment indicates that impairment exists, an 
entity is required to measure the investment at fair value. The guidance eliminates the requirement for public business entities to disclose 
the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured 
at amortized cost on the balance sheet, and requires public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of 
financial instruments for disclosure purposes. The guidance also requires an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income 
the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity 
has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments. Separate presentation of 
financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset (that is, securities or loans and receivables) 
on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements is required under this guidance. The guidance further clarifies 
that  an  entity  should  evaluate  the  need  for  a  valuation  allowance  on  a  deferred  tax  asset  related  to  available-for-sale  securities  in 
combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets. The guidance is applied by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance  

59 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

sheet as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption and is effective for the Company in its first quarter of fiscal 2018. Early adoption is 
permitted only if certain criteria is met. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this new guidance on its consolidated financial 
statements and related disclosures. 

In February 2016, the FASB issued guidance that requires companies that lease assets (lessees) to recognize on the balance sheet the 
assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by the leases with lease terms of more than 12 months. This guidance is effective 
for the Company beginning January 1, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this new 
guidance on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. 

2. Acquisition  

On October 3, 2014, the Company completed the acquisition of Cortina Systems, Inc. including its high-speed interconnect and 
optical transport product lines for approximately $52,509 in cash and approximately 5.3 million shares. The Company did not acquire as 
part of the merger, Cortina Systems, Inc.’s access and digital Home business, which Cortina Systems, Inc. divested prior to the closing of 
the  acquisition.  The  Company  acquired  Cortina  to  expand  the  Company’s  market  share  of  the  high-speed  optical  and  networking 
interconnects. Cash of $16,500 was placed in an escrow fund for up to 12 months following the closing for the satisfaction of certain 
potential indemnification claims. The escrow fund was released in October 2015. The consolidated financial statements include the results 
of operations of Cortina as of the acquisition date.  

 The fair value of consideration transferred is shown in the table below:  

Cash ...........................................................................................................................................................................    $ 
Common stock ...........................................................................................................................................................      
  $ 

52,509  
77,958  
130,467  

The acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting which requires, among other things, that assets 

acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date.  

The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation as of the acquisition date:  

Cash ...........................................................................................................................................................................    $ 
Receivables ................................................................................................................................................................      
Inventories .................................................................................................................................................................      
Other current assets ....................................................................................................................................................      
Property and equipment .............................................................................................................................................      
Identifiable intangible assets ......................................................................................................................................      
In-process research and development ........................................................................................................................      
Other noncurrent assets ..............................................................................................................................................      
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities ..............................................................................      
Deferred tax liabilities, noncurrent .............................................................................................................................      
Other liabilities ..........................................................................................................................................................      
Total identifiable net assets ........................................................................................................................................      
Goodwill ....................................................................................................................................................................      
Net assets acquired .....................................................................................................................................................    $ 

17,201  
15,155  
30,002  
1,685  
4,751  
80,660  
1,750  
366  
(22,545) 
(725) 
(1,112) 
127,188  
3,279  
130,467  

As of the acquisition date, the fair value of receivables, other assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximated the book 

value acquired.  

60 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  estimated  fair  value  of  intangible  assets  and  their  estimated  useful  lives  as  of  the  date  of 

acquisition:  

Developed technology .......................................................................................................    $ 
Customer relationships .......................................................................................................      
Trade name ........................................................................................................................      
In-process research and development ................................................................................      
   $ 

71,570   
8,170   
920   
1,750   
82,410   

Estimated 
Fair Value 

Estimated 
Useful Life 
(Years) 

5 - 8 
10 
5 
— 

Developed technology was valued using the multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach. This method involves 
discounting the direct cash flow expected to be generated by the technologies over their remaining lives, net of returns on contributory 
assets. The estimated useful life was determined based on the technology cycle related to each product family and its expected contribution 
to  forecast  revenue.  Customer  relationships  were  valued  using  the  incremental  cash  flow  approach  which  involved  discounting 
management’s estimate of the incremental revenues afforded by having the existing customer relationships in place as of the acquisition 
date, net of operating expense, taxes and returns on contributory assets. The estimated useful life was determined based on the estimated 
customer product or program ramp-up period required to develop the similar existing customer revenue base. Trade name was valued based 
on application of relief-from-royalty approach under the income approach. This method is based on the application of a royalty rate to 
forecasted revenue. The estimated useful life was determined based on the expected life of the trade names, the history of the trade names 
and the cash flows anticipated over the forecasted periods. In-process research and development was valued using the multi-period excess 
earnings method under the income approach, with the additional inclusion of estimated costs required to complete the projects.  

The  Company capitalized  $1,750  of  IPR&D costs  related  to  the Cortina  acquisition.  In  the year ended  December  31,  2015,  the 
Company abandoned the project related to in-process research and development and recorded an impairment charge of $1,750 included in 
the research and development expenses in the consolidated statements of income. 

Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the net assets recognized and is attributable to the workforce 
of Cortina. Goodwill is not amortized and is not deductible for tax purposes. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company 
recorded  a  measurement  period  adjustment  of  $251.  The  adjustment  has  been  recorded  retrospectively  to  reflect  measurement  period 
adjustments to the provisional acquisition accounting values as of the acquisition date. The changes in provisional values resulted in a 
retrospective decrease of $251 in goodwill and income tax payable.  

The Company incurred acquisition costs of $1,091 which are included in general and administrative expense in the consolidated 

statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2014. 

Cortina contributed revenue of $21,018 and pre-tax loss of $10,018 to the Company for the period from October 3, 2014 to December 

31, 2014.  

Pro Forma Information  

The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents a summary of the Company’s consolidated results of operations 
for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013, assuming the Cortina acquisition had been completed as of 
January 1, 2013. The pro forma information includes adjustments to amortization and depreciation for intangible assets and property and 
equipment acquired, amortization of the purchase accounting effect on inventory acquired from Cortina, and interest income for reduction 
in short-term investments to fund the acquisition. 

61 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
        
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Pro Forma 
Year Ended 
December 31, 
2014 
(unaudited) 

Pro Forma 
Year Ended 
December 31, 
2013  
(unaudited) 

Revenue ................................................................................................................................    $ 
Net loss .................................................................................................................................    $ 
Earnings per share – basic .....................................................................................................    $ 
Earnings per share – diluted ..................................................................................................    $ 

224,116      $ 
(8,500)     $ 
(0.23)     $ 
(0.23)     $ 

191,966  
(28,427) 
(0.82) 
(0.82) 

The  unaudited  pro  forma  consolidated  results  were  prepared  using  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting  and  are  based  on  the 
historical financial information of the Company and Cortina, reflecting the results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 
2013. The unaudited pro forma consolidated results are not necessarily indicative of what the Company’s consolidated results of operations 
actually would have been had the Company completed the acquisition as of the beginning of the period presented. In addition, the unaudited 
pro forma consolidated results do not purport to project the future results of operations of the combined company nor do they reflect the 
expected realization of any cost savings associated with the acquisition.  

3. Investments  

The following table summarizes the investments by investment category: 

Available-for-sale securities: 

US treasury securities ........................................................   $ 
Municipal bonds ................................................................     
Corporate notes/bonds .......................................................     
Government agency bonds ................................................     
Asset backed securities .....................................................     
Total investments ..................................................................   $ 

Cost 

2,998     $ 
20,042       
14,700       
4,011       
1,926       
43,677     $ 

December 31, 2015 

Gross 
Unrealized  
Gain 

Gross 
Unrealized  
Loss 

Fair 
Value 

—     $ 
13       
1       
—       
—       
14     $ 

(5)   $ 
(19)     
(44)     
(4)     
(3)     
(75)   $ 

2,993   
20,036   
14,657   
4,007   
1,923   
43,616   

December 31, 2014 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gain 

Gross 
Unrealized  
Loss 

Fair 
Value 

Cost 

Available-for-sale securities: 

US treasury securities ........................................................   $ 
Municipal bonds ................................................................     
Corporate notes/bonds .......................................................     
Asset backed securities .....................................................     
Total investments ..................................................................   $ 

2,056     $ 
19,686       
16,381       
750       
38,873     $ 

1     $ 
43       
32       
—       
76     $ 

—    $ 
(17)     
(21)     
(3)     
(41)   $ 

2,057   
19,712   
16,392   
747   
38,908   

As of December 31, 2015, the Company had 41 investments that were in an unrealized loss position. The gross unrealized losses 
on these investments at December 31, 2015 were primarily due to changes in interest rates and determined to be temporary in nature. The 
Company  reviews  the  investments  to  identify  and  evaluate  investments  that  have  an  indication  of  possible  other-than-temporary 
impairment. Factors considered in determining whether a loss is other-than-temporary include the length of time and extent to which fair 
value has been less than the cost basis, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the investee, and the intent and ability to hold the 
investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value. 

62 

 
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
       
         
         
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
       
         
         
         
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The realized gain related to the Company’s available-for-sale investment, which was reclassified from other comprehensive income, 

was included in other income in the consolidated statements of income.  

The contractual maturities of available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2015 are presented in the following table:  

Due in one year or less ..................................................................................................    $ 
Due between one and five years ....................................................................................      
  $ 

24,637    $ 
19,040      
43,677    $ 

24,631  
18,985  
43,616  

Cost 

Fair Value 

In 2015 and 2014, the Company used cash to purchase a minority interests in early stage private companies for $2,000 and $5,000, 
respectively. The Company’s ownership in these entities are less than 10% and the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant 
influence  over  operating  and  financial  policies  of  the  entities,  therefore,  the  investments  are  accounted  for  under  the  cost  method  and 
included  in  other  assets  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  balance  sheets.  As  of  December  31,  2015  and  2014,  the  total  cost  method 
investments was $9,621 and $7,621, respectively. No impairments were recorded for these cost method investments for the years ended 
December 31, 2015 and 2014. 

4. Concentrations  

Financial instruments that subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents and trade 
accounts  receivable.  The  Company  extends  differing  levels  of  credit  to  customers  and  does  not  require  collateral  deposits.  As  of 
December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company has allowance for doubtful accounts of $165. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company 
has allowance for distributors’ price discount of $2,241 and $2,206, respectively. 

The following table summarizes the significant customers’ and distributors’ accounts receivable and revenue as a percentage of total 

accounts receivable and total revenue, respectively:  

Accounts Receivable 
Customer A ...........................................................................................................................     
Customer B ...........................................................................................................................     
Customer C ...........................................................................................................................     

December 31,  

2015  

2014  

*  
*  
13%     

Revenue 
Customer A .........................................................................      
Customer B .........................................................................      
Customer C .........................................................................      

Year Ended December 31,  

2015  

2014  

2013  

*      
*      
*      

13%     
*  
*  

*  
*  
18% 

12% 
15  
*  

* 

Less than 10% of total receivable or total revenue 

Certain other customers are distributors that sell the Company’s products exclusively to what would be a “Customer D” above if the 
Company was able to include the sales made to those distributors. In the aggregate, revenue to such end customer, including revenue made 
through  distributors  as  a  percentage  of  total  revenue  was  11%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013.  Certain  other  customers  are 
subcontractors of customers A and B above. In the aggregate, revenue to Customer A, including its subcontractors as a percentage of total 
revenue  was  18%  and  20%  for the years ended December  31,  2014  and  2013,  respectively.  In  the  aggregate,  revenue to  Customer  B, 
including its subcontractor as a percentage of total revenue was 16% for the year ended December 31, 2013, respectively. In addition, the 
Company  sells  direct  and  indirectly  through  subcontractors  to  what  would  be  a  “Customer  E”  above.  The  Company  believes  in  the 
aggregate, revenue to Customer E, including its subcontractors as a percentage of total revenue was approximately 13% for the year ended 
December 31, 2015.  

63 

 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

5. Inventories  

Inventories consist of the following:  

Raw materials .......................................................................................................................   $ 
Work in process ....................................................................................................................     
Finished goods ......................................................................................................................     
  $ 

4,291    $ 
2,620      
10,917      
17,828    $ 

5,803  
2,409  
18,438  
26,650  

Finished goods include amounts held by distributors of $2,153 and $2,798 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  

December 31,  

2015  

2014  

6. Property and Equipment, net  

Property and equipment consist of the following:  

Laboratory and production equipment .................................................................................   $ 
Office, software and computer equipment ...........................................................................     
Furniture and fixtures ...........................................................................................................     
Leasehold improvements .....................................................................................................     

Less accumulated depreciation ............................................................................................     
  $ 

December 31,  

2015  

2014  

59,220    $ 
18,562      
1,264      
5,866      
84,912      
(48,632)     
36,280    $ 

48,522  
15,855  
1,762  
5,212  
71,351  
(35,853) 
35,498  

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $14,150, $10,897 and $7,508, 

respectively.  

As  of  December  31,  2015  and  2014,  computer  software  costs  included  in  property  and  equipment  were  $5,929  and  $4,582, 
respectively. Amortization expense of capitalized computer software costs was $1,011, $614 and $283 for the years ended December 31, 
2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  

Property and equipment not paid as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 were $1,949 and $1,540, respectively. 

7. Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets  

 The following table presents details of identifiable intangible assets: 

December 31, 2015 
Accumulated 
Amortization     

   Gross 

Net 

     Gross 

December 31, 2014  
Accumulated 
Amortization     

Developed technology ........................   $ 
Customer relationships ........................     
Trade name .........................................     
Patents .................................................     
In-process research and development .     
  $ 

71,570     $ 
8,170       
920       
1,579       
—       
82,239     $ 

14,356    $ 
1,018      
230      
346      
—      
15,950    $ 

57,214    $ 
7,152      
690      
1,233      
—      
66,289    $ 

71,570    $ 
8,170      
920      
1,579      
1,750      
83,989    $ 

2,857    $ 
201      
46      
112      
—      
3,216    $ 

Net 

68,713   
7,969   
874   
1,467   
1,750   
80,773   

64 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The following table presents amortization of intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2015: 

Year Ended December 31,  
2014  
2015  

Cost of goods sold ................................................................................................................   $ 
Sales and marketing .............................................................................................................     
General and administrative ..................................................................................................     
  $ 

11,499    $ 
817      
418      
12,734    $ 

2,857  
201  
158  
3,216  

In  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015,  the  Company  abandoned  the  project  related  to  in-process  research  and  development  and 

recorded an impairment charge of $1,750 included in the research and development expenses in the consolidated statements of income. 

Based on the amount of intangible assets subject to amortization at December 31, 2015, the expected amortization expense for each 

of the next five fiscal years and thereafter is as follows: 

2016 .............................................................................................................................................................................    $ 
2017 .............................................................................................................................................................................      
2018 .............................................................................................................................................................................      
2019 .............................................................................................................................................................................      
2020 .............................................................................................................................................................................      
Thereafter .....................................................................................................................................................................      
   $ 

The weighted-average amortization periods remaining by intangible asset category were as follows (in years): 

Developed technology .................................................................................................................................................    
Customer relationship ..................................................................................................................................................    
Others ...........................................................................................................................................................................    

12,707  
12,682  
12,648  
11,078  
6,394  
10,780  
66,289  

5.33  
8.75  
9.97  

During the year ended December 31, 2014, goodwill increased initially by $3,530 as a result of Cortina acquisition. As discussed in 
note 2 above, in the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded a measurement period adjustment of $251. This resulted in a 
retrospective  decrease  of  $251  in  goodwill  and  income  tax  payable.  No  other  changes  were  recorded  in  goodwill  in  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2015.  

8. Convertible Debt  

In December 2015, the Company issued $230,000 of 1.125% convertible senior notes due 2020(Convertible Notes). The Convertible 
Notes will mature December 1, 2020, unless earlier converted or repurchased. Interest on the Convertible Notes is payable on June 1 and 
December 1 of each year, beginning on June 1, 2016. The initial conversion rate is 24.8988 shares of common stock per $1 principal 
amount of Convertible Notes, which represents an initial conversion price of approximately $40.16 per share.  The Convertible Notes will 
be subject to repurchase at the option of the holders following certain fundamental corporate changes, at a fundamental change repurchase 
price  equal  to  100%  of  the  principal  amount  of  the  notes  to  be  repurchased,  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  to,  but  excluding,  the 
fundamental change repurchase date. The conversion rate will be subject to adjustment in some events but will not be adjusted for any 
accrued and unpaid interest. Certain corporate events that occur prior to the stated maturity date can cause the Company to increase the 
conversion rate for a holder. 

Prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding June 1, 2020, holders may convert all or any portion of 
their Convertible Notes only under the following circumstances: (i) during any calendar quarter commencing after the calendar quarter 
ending on March 31, 2016 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock for at 
least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during the period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the 
immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price on each applicable trading day; (ii) during 
the five business day period after any five consecutive trading day period (the “measurement period”) in which the “trading price” per $1 
principal amount of notes, as determined following a request by a holder of notes in accordance with procedures specified in the indenture 
governing the Convertible Notes, for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale 
price of the common stock and the conversion rate on each such trading day.; or (iii) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events. On 
or after June 1, 2020, until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders may 
convert their notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances. Upon conversion, the Company will pay or deliver, as the case 
may be, cash, shares of common stock or a combination of cash and shares of common stock, at the Company’s election. The Company's 
current  intent  is  to  settle  the  principal  amount  of  the  Convertible  Notes  in  cash  upon  conversion.  If  the  conversion  value  exceeds  the 
principal amount, the Company would deliver shares of its common stock in respect to the remainder of its conversion obligation in excess 
of the aggregate principal amount (conversion spread). 

65 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The Convertible Notes are not redeemable at the Company’s option prior to maturity. 

The Convertible Note are governed by the terms of indenture (Indenture). The Indenture do not contain any financial or operating 
covenants, or restrictions on the payments of dividends, the incurrence of indebtedness or the issuance or repurchase of securities by the 
Company or any of its subsidiaries. The Indenture contains customary terms and covenants in events of default. If an event of default (other 
than certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization involving the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to 
the Company, or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Convertible Notes by notice to the Company and the 
Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such holders shall, declare 100% of the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, 
on all the Convertible Notes to be due and payable. Upon the occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization 
involving the Company, 100% of the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all of the Convertible Notes will become due 
and payable automatically. Upon such a declaration of acceleration, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be due and 
payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indenture provides that, to the extent the Company elects, the sole remedy for an 
event of default relating to certain failures by the Company to comply with certain reporting covenants in the Indenture consists exclusively 
of the right to receive additional interest on the Convertible Notes. As of December 31, 2015, none of the conditions allowing holders of 
the Notes to convert had been met. 

In  accounting  for  the  issuance  of  the  Convertible  Notes,  the  Company  separated  the  Convertible  Notes  into  liability  and  equity 
components. The carrying amount of the liability component was calculated by measuring the estimated fair value of a similar liability that 
does not have an associated convertible feature. The carrying amount of the equity component representing the conversion option was 
determined by deducting the fair value of the liability component from the face value of the Convertible Notes as a whole. The excess of 
the face amount of the liability component over its carrying amount is amortized to interest expense over the term of the Convertible Notes 
using the effective interest method. The gross proceeds of $230,000 were accordingly allocated between long-term debt for $175,974 and 
stockholders' equity for $54,026. Issuance costs of $6,359, of which $6,007 were paid as of December 31, 2015, were allocated between 
long-term debt ($4,864) and equity ($1,495). The total interest expense recognized for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $783, which 
consists of $192 of contractual interest expense, $543 of amortization of debt discount and $48 of amortization of debt issuance costs. The 
issuance costs allocated to long-term debt is presented in the balance sheet as offset against long-term debt as of December 31, 2015. 

In connection with the issuance of the Convertible Notes, the Company entered into capped call transactions (Capped Call) in private 
transactions. Under the Capped Call, the Company purchased capped call options that in aggregate relate to 100% of the total number of 
shares  of  the  Company's  common  stock  underlying  the  Convertible  Notes,  with  a  strike  price  equal  to  the  conversion  price  of  the 
Convertible Notes and with a cap price equal to $52.06 per share. The capped calls were purchased for $17,802 and recorded as a reduction 
to additional paid-in-capital in accordance with ASC 815-40, Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity. 

The purchased Capped Call allows the Company to receive shares of its common stock and/or cash from counterparties equal to the 
amounts of common stock and/or cash related to the excess of the market price per share of the common stock, as measured under the 
terms of the Capped Call over the strike price of the Capped Call during the relevant valuation period. The purchased Capped Call is 
intended to reduce the potential dilution to common stock upon future conversion of the Convertible Notes by effectively increasing the 
initial conversion price to $52.06 as well as to offset potential cash payments the Company is required to make in excess of the principal 
amount of the Convertible Notes in applicable events. 

The Capped Call is a separate transaction entered into by the Company with the option counterparties, are not part of the terms of 

the Convertible Notes and will not change the holders' rights under the Convertible Notes. 

66 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

9. Other Long-term Liabilities  

Other long-term liabilities consist of the following:  

Deferred rent .........................................................................................................................   $ 
Income tax payable ...............................................................................................................     
Deferred tax liabilities ...........................................................................................................     
  $ 

1,728     $ 
6,969       
—       
8,697     $ 

1,930  
4,687  
792  
7,409  

December 31,  

2015  

2014  

10. Income Taxes  

Loss before income taxes consists of the following: 

United States ................................................................................................   $ 
Foreign .........................................................................................................     
Total .............................................................................................................   $ 

329     $ 
(5,898)     
(5,569)   $ 

(2,684)   $ 
(18,186)     
(20,870)   $ 

(2,507) 
(8,919) 
(11,426) 

2015  

Year Ended December 31,  
2014  

2013  

Income tax provision consisted of the following:  

Current: 
U.S. Federal ..................................................................................................   $ 
U.S. State ......................................................................................................     
Foreign ..........................................................................................................     

Deferred: 
U.S. Federal ..................................................................................................     
U.S. State ......................................................................................................     
Foreign ..........................................................................................................     

Total ..............................................................................................................   $ 

2015 

Year Ended December 31,  
2014  

2013  

7,304     $ 
218       
603      
8,125      

(114)     
(15)     
(14)     
(143)     
7,982    $ 

350    $ 
55      
846      
1,251      

895      
—      
(408)     
487      
1,738    $ 

1,816  
1  
98  
1,915  

(135) 
—  
(28) 
(163) 
1,752  

67 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Income tax provision differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% in 2015, 2014 and 

2013 to loss before income taxes as a result of the following:  

2015  

Year Ended December 31,  
2014  

2013  

Benefit at statutory rate ..................................................................................   $ 
State income taxes..........................................................................................     
Research and development credits .................................................................     
Change in valuation allowance ......................................................................     
Foreign earnings, taxed at different rates .......................................................     
Unrecognized tax benefits ..............................................................................     
Stock-based compensation .............................................................................     
Tax exempt income ........................................................................................     
Prior year return to provision adjustment .......................................................     
Cortina acquisition transaction cost ...............................................................     
Withholding tax .............................................................................................     
Other ..............................................................................................................     
  $ 

(1,893)   $ 
50      
(10,213)     
13,669      
3,175      
3,829      
150      
(60)     
(412)     
—      
(350)     
37      
7,982    $ 

(7,096 )   $ 
1,651       
(7,384 )     
5,271       
6,381       
1,713       
166       
(83 )     
292       
444       
350       
33       
1,738     $ 

(3,886 ) 
303   
(5,850 ) 
6,781   
2,888   
1,708   
142   
(157 ) 
(257 ) 
—   
—   
80   
1,752   

Significant components of the Company’s net deferred taxes consist of the following:  

Deferred tax assets 
Net operating loss carry forwards .................................................................................................   $ 
Research and development credits ................................................................................................     
Stock-based compensation ............................................................................................................     
Accrued expenses and allowances ................................................................................................     
Amortization and depreciation ......................................................................................................     
Other temporary differences .........................................................................................................     
Valuation allowance ......................................................................................................................     
Total deferred tax assets ................................................................................................................     

Deferred tax liabilities 
Subpart F income on foreign subsidiaries earnings .......................................................................     
Acquired intangible assets ............................................................................................................     
Convertible debt ............................................................................................................................     
Other deferred tax liabilities..........................................................................................................     
Total deferred tax liabilities ..........................................................................................................     
Deferred tax assets (liabilities), net ............................................................................................   $ 

December 31,  

2015  

2014   

8,940     $ 
36,619       
8,214       
2,724       
765       
3,424       
(33,567 )     
27,119       

(3,578 )     
(5,186 )     
(18,136 )     
(169 )     
(27,069 )     
50     $ 

8,314   
30,637   
6,966   
2,117   
1,052   
3,461   
(39,682 ) 
12,865   

(5,981 ) 
(6,157 ) 
—   
(820 ) 
(12,958 ) 
(93 ) 

At  December  31,  2015  and  2014,  the  Company  has  recorded  a  deferred  tax  charge  of  $2,323  and  $3,261,  respectively,  which 
represents the tax on the intercompany transfer of intangible assets in connection with the Company’s international reorganization during 
2010. The deferred tax charge is being amortized over the estimated useful life of 8 years to income tax expense.  

Valuation Allowance  

The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that the Company believes is more likely 
than not to be realized. The determination of recording or releasing tax valuation allowances is made, in part, pursuant to an assessment 
performed by management regarding the likelihood that the Company will generate sufficient future taxable income against which benefits 
of the deferred tax assets may or may not be realized. This assessment requires management to exercise significant judgment and make 
estimates with respect to the Company’s ability to generate revenue, gross profits, operating income and taxable income in future periods. 
Amongst other factors, management must make assumptions regarding overall current and projected business and semiconductor industry 
conditions,  operating  efficiencies,  the  Company’s  ability  to  timely  develop,  introduce  and  consistently  manufacture  new  products  to 
customers’ specifications, acceptance of new products, customer concentrations, technological change and the competitive environment 
which may impact the Company’s ability to generate taxable income and, in turn, realize the value of the deferred tax assets. The Company 
uses the tax law ordering approach of intraperiod allocation to allocate the benefit of windfall tax benefits based on provisions in the tax 
law that identify the sequence in which those amounts are utilized for tax purposes. Additionally, when determining whether uncertain tax 
positions are a source of income for valuation allowance purposes, the Company applies the tax law ordering approach to determine how 
these liabilities will ultimately be satisfied. 

68 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
      
  
    
  
      
  
  
  
    
        
    
    
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

At December 31, 2013, full valuation allowance was recorded on the U.S., Singapore, and Taiwan deferred tax assets. At December 
31, 2015 and 2014, the Company has full valuation allowance recorded against the U.S., Singapore, Canada and Taiwan deferred tax assets. 

The valuation allowance increased (decreased) ($6,115), $17,234 and $6,768 in the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, 

respectively. 

The net decrease of $6,115 in the valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2015 is comprised of $18,383 decrease 
charged to additional paid-in capital, $2,168 decrease charged to other comprehensive income, offset by $767 increase charged to goodwill, 
and $13,669 increase charged to income tax provision. The increase of $17,234 in the valuation allowance for the year ended December 
31, 2014 is comprised of $1,165 increase charged to goodwill and $16,069 increase charged to income tax provision. The increase of 
$6,768 in the valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2013 was substantially charged to income tax provision. 

 General Income Tax Disclosures  

The Company has net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $69,011 
and $17,868, respectively at December 31, 2015, that will begin to expire in 2022 for federal income tax purposes and in 2016 for state 
income tax purposes. The Company has additional federal and state NOL carryover as of December 31, 2015 of $34,132 and $12,417, 
respectively, arising from an excess stock option deduction that were not recognized in the financial statements. These excess stock option 
compensation benefits will be credited to additional paid-in capital when it reduces current taxable income. At December 31, 2015, the 
Company has NOL carryforwards of $3,177 for its Taiwan subsidiary which begin to expire in 2019, and capital allowance carryover of 
$33,143 for the Singapore subsidiary, which does not expire. A full valuation allowance has been provided on U.S. NOL, Singapore capital 
allowance carryforwards and Taiwan NOL. 

At December 31, 2015, the Company has federal and state research and development (“R&D”) tax credit carryforwards of $25,836 
and $28,783, respectively. The federal tax credits will begin to expire in 2024, unless previously utilized. Some state tax credits will begin 
to expire in 2022 and some do not expire. A full valuation allowance has been provided on R&D tax credit carryforwards. 

Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code sections 382 and 383, use of the Company’s NOL and R&D credits generated prior to June 2004 
are subject to an annual limitation due to a cumulative ownership percentage change that occurred in that period. The Company has had 
two changes in ownership, one in December 2000 and the second in June 2004, that resulted in an annual limitation on NOL and R&D 
credit utilization. The NOL and R&D credit carryover of Cortina, are also subject to annual limitation under Internal Revenue Code sections 
382 and 383. The acquisition of Cortina caused an ownership change that resulted in an annual limitation, as well as Cortina’s legacy 
annual limitation amount from ownership changes prior to acquisition. The NOL and R&D credit carryforward which will expire unused 
due to annual limitation is not recognized for financial statement purposes and is not reflected in the above carryover amounts. 

The Company’s NOL carryforwards include Cortina’s federal and state pre-acquisition NOL of $49,152 and $14,924, respectively. 
These NOL carryforwards will begin to expire in 2024 for federal and 2016 for state. The Company’s R&D credit carryforwards included 
Cortina’s federal and state pre-acquisition credits of $6,033 and $7,977, respectively. The federal R&D credit carryforward will begin to 
expire in 2027. While some state tax credits will begin to expire in 2022, most do not expire. In addition, Cortina has $2,859 capital loss 
carryover which expires in 2018. The utilization of Cortina’s pre-acquisition tax attributes is subject to certain annual limitations under 
Internal Revenue Code sections 382 and 383. No benefit for these tax attributes was recorded upon the close of the acquisition, as the 
benefit from these tax attributes did not meet the "more-likely-than-not" standard. 

The Company operates under tax holiday in Singapore, which is effective through May 2020. The tax holiday is conditional upon 
meeting certain employment, activities and investment thresholds. As of December 31, 2015, the Company believes it met all the required 
thresholds. The Singapore tax holiday did not impact the Company’s Singapore taxes for the years 2015, 2014 and 2013, due to losses and 
valuation allowance. 

69 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The following table summarizes the changes in gross unrecognized tax benefits:  

2015  

Year Ended December 31,  
2014  

2013  

Balance as of January 1 ................................................................................   $ 
Increases based on tax positions related to the current year .........................     
Increase (decreases) based on tax positions of prior year .............................     
Gross increases for acquired unrecognized tax benefits ...............................     
Statute of limitation expirations ...................................................................     
Balance as of December 31 ..........................................................................   $ 

44,081    $ 
4,459      
(1,923)     
—      
(164)     
46,453    $ 

8,031    $ 
3,102      
(61)     
33,935      
(926)     
44,081    $ 

6,155  
1,918  
(42) 
—  
—  
8,031  

As of December 31, 2015, the Company had approximately $6,683 of unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized would affect the 
effective income tax rate. The Company believes that before the end of next year, it is reasonably possible that the gross unrecognized tax 
benefit may decrease by approximately $1,968 due to resolution of the state audit.  

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. The 
Company recorded $44 and $14 interest in the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and no interest or penalties in the 
year ended December 31, 2013. The Company had $163, $151, and $14 of interest and penalties accrued as of December 31, 2015, 2014 
and 2013, respectively. 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, various states and certain foreign jurisdictions. The Company 
is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for tax years ended on or before December 31, 2011 or to California state 
income tax examinations for tax years ended on or before December 31, 2010. However, to the extent allowed by law, the tax authorities 
may  have  the  right  to  examine  prior  periods  where  net  operating  losses  or  tax  credits  were  generated  and  carried  forward,  and  make 
adjustments up to the amount of the net operating loss or credit carryforward.  

The  Company  does  not  provide  for  U.S.  income  taxes  on  undistributed  earnings  of  its  controlled  foreign  corporations  as  the 
Company intends to reinvest these earnings indefinitely outside the United States. At December 31, 2015, certain foreign subsidiaries had 
cumulative undistributed earnings while others had accumulated deficit. The cumulative undistributed earnings as of December 31, 2015 
was $4,061 that, if repatriated, is not expected to result in additional tax liability as these earnings would be absorbed by the NOL and 
research credit carryover. No U.S. deferred tax asset was recorded for the accumulated deficit as it was not apparent as of December 31, 
2015, that such deferred tax asset would reverse in the foreseeable future. 

In October 2012, the Company received notification from the California Franchise Tax Board that the 2009 and 2010 California tax 
returns will be examined. The Company believes it has adequate reserve for its uncertain tax positions, however, there is no assurance that 
the taxing authorities will not propose adjustments that are different from the Company’s expected outcome and such adjustments may 
impact the provision for income taxes. The California Franchise Tax Board examination is on-going as of report date. 

In June 2013, the Singapore subsidiary received notification from the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore that the 2010 tax 

return will be reviewed. The review is on-going as of report date.  

70 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

11. Earnings Per Share  

The following shows the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:  

Numerator 
Net loss ...........................................................................................   $ 
Denominator 
Weighted average common stock ...................................................     
Less weighted average unvested common stock subject to 

repurchase and unvested restricted stock award ..........................     
Weighted average common stock—basic and diluted .....................     
Earnings per share 

Basic .......................................................................................    $ 
Diluted ....................................................................................    $ 

2015  

Year Ended December 31,  
2014  

2013  

(13,551)   $ 

(22,608)   $ 

(13,178) 

38,580,330      

32,707,868      

29,495,856  

—      
38,580,330      

—      
32,707,868      

(2,851) 
29,493,005  

(0.35)   $ 
(0.35)   $ 

(0.69)   $ 
(0.69)   $ 

(0.45) 
(0.45) 

The following securities were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share as inclusion would have been anti-

dilutive:  

Common stock options ....................................................................     
Warrant to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock ..........     
Unvested restricted stock award and restricted stock unit ................     
Convertible debt ...............................................................................     

2015  

Year Ended December 31,  
2014  

2013  

2,563,230      
—      
4,672,806      
376,576      
7,612,612      

3,350,112      
—      
3,705,415      
—      
7,055,527      

4,373,642  
1,696  
3,030,202  
—  
7,405,540  

12. Stock-Based Compensation  

In June 2010, the Board of Directors approved the Company’s 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”), which became effective 
in November 2010. The 2010 Plan provides for the grants of restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and stock unit awards to employees, 
non-employee directors, advisors and consultants. The Board of Directors administers the 2010 Plan, including the determination of the 
recipient of an award, the number of shares subject to each award, whether an option is to be classified as an incentive stock option or 
nonstatutory option, and the terms and conditions of each award, including the exercise and purchase prices and the vesting or duration of 
the award. Options granted under the 2010 Plan are exercisable only upon vesting. At December 31, 2015, 2,014,712 shares of common 
stock have been reserved for future grants under the 2010 Plan.  

Stock Option Awards 

The Company did not grant any stock options during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. 

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following 

weighted average assumptions for the year ended December 31, 2013:  

Risk-free interest rate .............................................................................................................................................     
Expected life (in years) ..........................................................................................................................................     
Dividend yield ........................................................................................................................................................     
Expected volatility .................................................................................................................................................     

1.41 % 
6.25   
—   
50 % 

71 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The following table summarizes information regarding options outstanding:  

Outstanding at December 31, 2014 ..............................................      
Granted ...........................................................................................      
Exercised .........................................................................................      
Canceled .........................................................................................      
Outstanding at December 31, 2015 ..............................................      
Exercisable at December 31, 2015 ...............................................      
Vested and expected to vest in the future as of  

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price Per 
Share  

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life  

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value  

10.16      

—         

8.50      
17.37         
10.61      
10.58      

6.12    $ 

25,302  

5.29    $ 
5.19    $ 

37,036  
34,813  

Number of 
Shares  

3,005,594    $ 
—      
(722,913)     
(26,285)     
2,256,396    $ 
2,177,319    $ 

December 31, 2015 ......................................................................      

2,255,573    $ 

10.61      

5.29    $ 

37,022  

The intrinsic value of options outstanding, exercisable and vested and expected to vest is calculated based on the difference between 

the exercise price and the fair value of the Company’s common stock as of the respective balance sheet dates.  

The weighted average grant date fair value per share of stock options granted to employees during the year ended December 31, 

2013 was $4.82.  

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $10,696, $7,800 and 
$7,313, respectively. The intrinsic value of exercised options is calculated based on the difference between the exercise price and the fair 
value of the Company’s common stock as of the exercise date. Cash received from the exercise of stock options was $6,145, $4,298 and 
$2,905, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.  

 Restricted Stock Units and Awards 

The Company granted restricted stock units (RSUs) to members of the Board of Directors and employees. Most of the Company’s 
outstanding restricted stock units vest over four years with vesting contingent upon continuous service. The Company estimates the fair 
value  of  restricted  stock  units  using  the  market price of  the  common  stock  on  the  date  of  the grant.  The  fair  value  of  these  awards  is 
amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. 

The following table summarizes information regarding outstanding restricted stock units:  

Outstanding at December 31, 2014 ...................................................................................     
Granted ................................................................................................................................     
Vested ..................................................................................................................................     
Canceled ..............................................................................................................................     
Outstanding at December 31, 2015 ...................................................................................     
Expected to vest in the future as of December 31, 2015 ..................................................     

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value 
Per Share 

12.85  
20.49  
13.35  
14.53  
15.37  

Number of 
Shares  

4,789,622     $ 
1,671,104       
(1,636,193 )     
(223,664 )     
4,600,869     $ 
4,499,822       

The RSUs includes performance-based stock units subject to achievement of pre-established revenue goal and earnings per share on 
non-GAAP basis. Once the goals are met, the performance-based stock units are subject to four years of vesting from the original grant 
date, contingent upon continuous service. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the total performance-based units granted was 218,642. 

72 

 
  
 
  
  
    
    
    
  
      
  
  
       
   
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
    
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The Company granted restricted stock awards (RSAs) to certain members of the Board of Directors. The Company estimates the fair 
value of the RSAs using the market price of the common stock on the date of the grant. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had 12,849 
unvested RSAs outstanding, of which 9,998 RSAs vested during the year ended December 31, 2013, resulting to 2,851 unvested RSAs 
outstanding as of December 31, 2013. All remaining unvested RSAs of $2,851 vested during the year ended December 31, 2014. 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

In December 2011, the Company adopted the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). Participants purchase the Company's stock 
using payroll deductions, which may not exceed 15% of their total cash compensation. Pursuant to the terms of the ESPP, the "look-back" 
period for the stock purchase price is six months. Offering and purchase periods will begin on February 10 and August 10 of each year. 
Participants will be granted the right to purchase common stock at a price per share that is 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of the 
Company's common shares at the beginning or the end of each six-month period.  

The ESPP imposes certain limitations upon an employee’s right to acquire common stock, including the following: (i) no employee 
shall  be  granted  a  right  to  participate  if  such  employee  immediately  after  the  election  to  purchase  common  stock,  would  own  stock 
possessing 5% or more to the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company, and (ii) no employee may be 
granted rights to purchase more than $25 fair value of common stock for each calendar year. The maximum aggregate number of shares of 
common stock available for purchase under the ESPP is 1,750,000. Total common stock issued under the ESPP during the years ended 
December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was 326,764, 264,886 and 279,074, respectively. 

The fair value of employee stock purchase plan is estimated at the start of offering period using the Black-Scholes option pricing 

model with the following average assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:  

Risk-free interest rate .........................................................      
Expected life (in years) ......................................................      
Dividend yield ....................................................................      
Expected volatility .............................................................      
Estimated fair value ...........................................................    $ 

0.14 %     
0.50   
—   
42 %     

5.77   

0.07%     
0.50  
—  
40%     
  $ 

3.55  

2015  

Year Ended December 31,  
2014  

2013 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense 

Stock-based compensation expense is included in the Company’s results of operations as follows:  

Cost of revenue ..................................................................   $ 
Research and development .................................................     
Sales and marketing ...........................................................     
General and administrative ................................................     
  $ 

1,471    $ 
16,904      
4,445      
5,473      
28,293    $ 

1,260    $ 
12,420      
4,079      
4,701      
22,460    $ 

2015  

Year Ended December 31,  
2014  

2013  

0.10% 
0.49  
—  
45% 

2.86  

1,086  
8,586  
3,204  
4,102  
16,978  

As  of  December  31,  2015,  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  unvested  stock  options  and  awards  prior  to  the 
consideration of expected forfeitures, was approximately $54,353, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 
2.62 years.  

73 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

13. Employee Benefit Plan  

The Company has established a 401(k) tax-deferred savings plan (the “Plan”) which permits participants to make contributions by 
salary deduction pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Company may, at its discretion, make 
matching contributions to the Plan. Furthermore, the Company is responsible for administrative costs of the Plan. The Company accrued 
$1,131 contribution to the Plan for the year ended December 31, 2015. The Company did not make any contributions to the Plan since its 
inception to December 31, 2014.  

14. Fair Value Measurements  

The guidance on fair value measurements requires fair value measurements to be classified and disclosed in one of the following 

three categories:  

Level 1:  Unadjusted  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  that are  accessible  at  the  measurement  date for  identical,  unrestricted  assets  or

liabilities;  

Level 2: 

 Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the
full term of the asset or liability, or  

Level 3: 

 Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., 
supported by little or no market activity).  

The Company measures its investments in marketable securities at fair value using the market approach which uses prices and other 
relevant  information  generated  by  market  transactions  involving  identical  or  comparable  assets  or  liabilities.  The  Company  has  cash 
equivalents which consist of money market funds valued using the amortized cost method, in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 
Act which approximates fair value. 

The following table presents information about assets and liabilities required to be carried at fair value on a recurring basis:  

December 31, 2015 
Assets 
Cash equivalents: 

Total 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Money market funds ............................................................................   $ 

102,008    $ 

—    $ 

102,008  

Investment in marketable securities: 

US treasury securities ...........................................................................     
Municipal bonds ...................................................................................     
Corporate notes/bonds ..........................................................................     
Government agency bonds ...................................................................     
Asset backed securities ........................................................................     
  $ 

2,993      
20,036      
14,657      
4,007      
1,923      
145,624    $ 

2,993      
—      
—      
—      
—      
2,993    $ 

—  
20,036  
14,657  
4,007  
1,923  
142,631  

Liabilities 
Convertible Notes ....................................................................................   $ 

221,950    $ 

—    $ 

221,950  

74 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
   
  
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

The convertible notes are carried on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at their original issuance value including accreted interest, net 
of unamortized debt discount and issuance cost. The Convertible Notes are not marked to fair value at the end of each reporting period. As 
of December 31, 2015, the fair value of Convertible Notes was determined on the basis of market prices observable for similar instruments 
and is considered Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.  

December 31, 2014 
Assets 
Cash equivalents: 

Total 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Money market funds .............................................................    $ 

Investment in marketable securities: 

US treasury securities ............................................................      
Municipal bonds ....................................................................      
Corporate notes/bonds ...........................................................      
Asset backed securities .........................................................      
  $ 

1,457     $ 

2,057       
19,712       
16,392       
747       
40,365     $ 

—    $ 

2,057      
—      
—      
—      
2,057    $ 

1,457  

—  
19,712  
16,392  
747  
38,308  

15. Segment and Geographic Information  

The Company operates in one reportable segment. Revenue by region is classified based on the locations to which the product is 

transported, which may differ from the customer’s principal offices.  

The following table sets forth the Company’s revenue by geographic region:  

China .........................................................................................   $ 
United States .............................................................................     
Thailand ....................................................................................     
Korea ........................................................................................     
Other .........................................................................................     
  $ 

2015  

Year Ended December 31,  
2014  

2013 

82,789    $ 
41,185      
25,123      
9,510      
88,009      
246,616    $ 

54,312    $ 
22,918      
7,924      
10,123      
60,865      
156,142    $ 

23,039  
22,389  
1,143  
21,818  
34,275  
102,664  

As of December 31, 2015, $7,271 of long-lived tangible assets are located outside the United States of which $5,756 are located in 
Taiwan. As of December 31, 2014, $6,153 of long-lived tangible assets are located outside the United States of which $3,463 are located 
in Taiwan. 

16. Commitments and Contingencies  

Leases  

The Company leases its facility under noncancelable lease agreements expiring in various years through 2020. The Company also 
licenses certain software used in its research and development activities under a term license subscription and maintenance arrangement.  

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases having initial terms in excess of one year are as follows:  

2016 .......................................................................................................................................................................   $ 
2017 .......................................................................................................................................................................     
2018 .......................................................................................................................................................................     
2019 .......................................................................................................................................................................     
2020 .......................................................................................................................................................................     
  $ 

   December 31, 2015     
14,660  
4,443  
2,108  
1,618  
264  
23,093  

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, lease operating expense was $11,869, $8,193 and $5,990, respectively.  

75 

 
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Inphi Corporation 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts) 

Noncancelable Purchase Obligations  

 The Company depends upon third party subcontractors to manufacture wafers. The Company’s subcontractor relationships typically 
allow for the cancellation of outstanding purchase orders, but require payment of all expenses incurred through the date of cancellation. As 
of December 31, 2015, the total value of open purchase orders for wafers was approximately $5,325. 

Legal Proceedings  

Netlist, Inc. v. Inphi Corporation, Case No. 09-cv-6900 (C.D. Cal.)  

On September 22, 2009, Netlist filed suit in the United States District Court, Central District of California, or the Court, asserting 
that the Company infringes U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537. Netlist filed an amended complaint on December 22, 2009, further asserting that 
the Company infringes U.S. Patent Nos. 7,619,912 and 7,636,274, collectively with U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537, the patents-in-suit, and 
seeking both unspecified monetary damages to be determined and an injunction to prevent further infringement. These infringement claims 
allege that the iMB™ and certain other memory module components infringe the patents-in-suit. The Company answered the amended 
complaint on February 11, 2010 and asserted that the Company does not infringe the patents-in-suit and that the patents-in-suit are invalid. 
In 2010, the Company filed inter partes requests for reexamination with the United States Patent and Trademark Office (the “USPTO”), 
asserting that the patents-in-suit are invalid. As a result of the proceedings at the USPTO, the Court has stayed the litigation, with the 
parties advising the Court on status every 120 days.  

As to the proceeding at the USPTO, reexamination has been ordered for all of the patents that were alleged to infringe, and at 
present,  the  USPTO  has  determined  that  none  of  the  originally  filed  claims  are  valid,  with  certain  amended  claims  being  determined 
patentable. It is expected that a Reexamination Certificate will issue for U.S. Patent No. 7,532,537 based upon amended claims, and the 
parties  continue  to  assert  their  respective  positions  with  respect  to  the  reexamination  proceedings  for  U.S.  Patent  Nos.  7,619,912  and 
7,636,274.  

While  the  Company  intends  to  defend  the  foregoing  USPTO  proceedings  and  lawsuit  vigorously,  the  USPTO  proceedings  and 
litigation, whether or not determined in the Company’s favor or settled, could be costly and time-consuming and could divert management’s 
attention and resources, which could adversely affect the Company’s business.  

Based on the nature of USPTO proceedings and litigation, the Company is currently unable to predict the final outcome of this 
lawsuit and therefore, cannot determine the likelihood of loss nor estimate a range of possible loss. However, because of the nature and 
inherent uncertainties of litigation, should the outcome of these actions be unfavorable, the Company’s business, financial condition, results 
of operations or cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. 

In  March  2015,  the  Company  settled  a  patent  dispute  involving Cortina  and  Vitesse  Semiconductor  Corporation  (Vitesse).  The 
patent dispute involved a certain patent family owned by Vitesse associated with error correction. The Company paid Vitesse $750 to 
resolve the dispute. Based on the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated July 30, 2014, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement 
and Plan of Merger dated September 25, 2014, the Company was indemnified for this settlement arising from this claim, up to an amount 
of $750.  

Indemnifications  

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnifications of varying scope and terms to customers, vendors, 
lessors, investors, directors, officers, employees and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising 
out of the Company’s breach of such agreements, services to be provided by the Company, or from intellectual property infringement 
claims made by third-parties. These indemnifications may survive termination of the underlying agreement and the maximum potential 
amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification provisions may not be subject to maximum 
loss clauses. The Company has not incurred material costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnifications. Accordingly, 
the Company has no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.  

76 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Supplementary Financial Information (Unaudited) 

Quarterly Results of Operations 

Mar. 31, 
2015  

Year Ended December 31, 2015 
Jun. 30, 
2015  

Sept. 30, 
2015 

(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Dec. 31, 
2015 

Total revenue .....................................................   $ 
Gross profit ........................................................     
Net income (loss) ...............................................     
Basic earnings per share .....................................     
Diluted earnings per share ..................................     

59,160    $ 
29,922      
(9,708)     
(0.26)     
(0.26)     

60,672    $ 
37,396      
—      
—      
—      

62,395    $ 
38,724      
(1,102)     
(0.03)     
(0.03)     

64,389  
42,280  
(2,741) 
(0.07) 
(0.07) 

Mar. 31, 
2014  

Year Ended December 31, 2014 
Jun. 30, 
2014  

Sept. 30, 
2014 

(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Dec. 31, 
2014(1)  

Total revenue .....................................................   $ 
Gross profit ........................................................     
Net income (loss) ...............................................     
Basic earnings per share .....................................     
Diluted earnings per share ..................................     

31,189    $ 
20,126      
(995)     
(0.03)     
(0.03)     

33,922    $ 
21,626      
2,634      
0.08      
0.08      

36,278    $ 
23,275      
(6,857)     
(0.22)     
(0.22)     

54,753  
20,627  
(17,390) 
(0.47) 
(0.47) 

(1)  On October 3, 2014, we completed the acquisition of Cortina, including its high-speed interconnect and optical transport product lines.
The results of operations of Cortina and estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed were included in our financial 
statements from the acquisition date. This acquisition resulted in a significant change in our statement of operations in 2014 which 
includes  increase  cost  of  goods  sold  resulting  from  the  step-up  inventory  acquired  from  Cortina  and  amortization  of  acquired
intangibles. 

77 

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 9 — 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A—  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures. We maintain “disclosure controls and procedures,” as such term is defined in 
Rules 13a-15 (e) and 15d – 15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act 1934, or the Exchange Act (as amended), that are designed to provide 
reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, 
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and 
that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (principal executive 
officer) and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer), as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 
In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter 
how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the disclosure controls and 
procedures are met. Our disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to provide reasonable, not absolute assurance. Additionally, 
in designing disclosure controls and procedures, our management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-
benefit relationship of possible disclosure controls and procedures. The design of any disclosure controls and procedures also is based in 
part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving 
its stated goals under all potential future conditions.  

Based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Chief Executive Officer and 
Chief  Financial  Officer  have  concluded  that,  as  of  such  date,  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  at  the  reasonable 
assurance level. 

(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  Our management is responsible for establishing 
and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of 
any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. Our management, with the participation of our 
Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December 31, 2015. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations 
of the Treadway Commission, or COSO, in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013). Based on the assessment using those criteria, 
our management concluded that as of December 31, 2015, our internal control over financial reporting was effective. The effectiveness of 
our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent 
registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included in Part II “Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary 
Data”. 

(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. There has been no change in our “internal control over financial reporting” 
as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act, during our most recent fiscal quarter that materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

ITEM 9B —  OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

PART III 

ITEM 10 —  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Election of Directors,” 
“Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Corporate Governance” contained in our Proxy Statement to be filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the solicitation of proxies for our 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
to be held on May 26, 2016, or Proxy Statement.  

ITEM 11 —  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Election of Director,” 
“Compensation of Directors,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Corporate Governance,” “Compensation Committee Report” 
and “Executive Compensation” contained in the Proxy Statement. 

78 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 12 —  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Security Ownership of 

Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Executive Compensation” contained in the Proxy Statement. 

ITEM 13 —  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Election of Directors,” 

“Corporate Governance” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” contained in the Proxy Statement. 

ITEM 14 —  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The  information  required  by  this  item  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  the  information  under  the  captions  “Audit  Committee 
Report”  and  “Ratification  of  the  Appointment  of  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm  —  Principal  Accountant  Fees  and 
Services” contained in the Proxy Statement. 

PART IV 

ITEM 15 —  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

1.     Financial Statements.   See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” under Part II, “Item 8, Financial Statements 
and Supplementary Data”.  

(a)   Documents filed as part of this report:   

(1) Financial Statements  

Reference is made to the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements of Inphi Corporation under Part II, “Item 8, 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data”.   

(2) Financial Statement Schedules  

All financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or not required or because 
the information is included elsewhere in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.  

(3) Exhibits  

See Item 15(b) below. Each management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed has 
been identified.  

(b)   Exhibits  

The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index below are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this report. 

(c)   Financial Statements and Schedules   

Reference is made to Item 15(a)(2) above.  

79 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report 

to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

SIGNATURES  

 INPHI CORPORATION  

By: /s/ Ford Tamer 
 Ford Tamer 
 Chief Executive Officer  
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Date: February 29, 2016  

POWER OF ATTORNEY  

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Ford 
Tamer and John Edmunds, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, for him or her in 
any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents 
in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-
fact or their substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 

behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

Name 
 /s/ Ford Tamer 
Ford Tamer 

/s/ John Edmunds 
John Edmunds 

/s/ Diosdado P. Banatao 
  Diosdado P. Banatao 

/s/ Nicholas Brathwaite 
  Nicholas Brathwaite 

 /s/ Chenming C. Hu 
  Chenming C. Hu 

/s/ David Liddle 
  David Liddle 

/s/ Bruce McWilliams 
  Bruce McWilliams 

/s/ Elissa Murphy 
Elissa Murphy 

/s/ Sam S. Srinivasan 
  Sam S. Srinivasan 

    Chief Executive Officer 
   (Principal Executive Officer), President and Director 

Title 

Date 
 February 29, 2016 

   Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer    
   Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

February 29, 2016 

    Chairman of the Board 

February 29, 2016 

February 29, 2016 

February 29, 2016 

February 29, 2016 

February 29, 2016 

February 29, 2016 

February 29, 2016 

    Director 

    Director 

    Director 

    Director 

    Director 

    Lead Director 

80 

 
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
       
       
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
 
 
EXHIBIT INDEX 

Description 

Exhibit 
Number   
2.1 

   Agreement and Plan of Merger dated July 30, 2014 by and among the Company, Cortina, Catalina Acquisition Corporation, 
a  Delaware  corporation  and  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  and  the  Stockholder’s  Agent  (incorporated  by
reference to exhibit 2.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 1, 2014). 

2.2 

3(i) 

   Agreement and Plan of Merger dated July 30, 2014 by and among the Company, Cortina, Catalina Acquisition Corporation,
a  Delaware  corporation  and  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  and  the  Stockholder’s  Agent,  as  amended  by
Amendment No. 1 thereto dated September 25, 2014 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 2.1 of the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 6, 2014). 
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3(i) of the Registrant’s annual 
report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2011). 

3(ii) 

   Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s current report

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

10.1+ 

10.2+ 

10.3+ 

on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 20, 2015). 
Specimen Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 filed with Registration Statement on Form S-
1 (File No. 333-167564), as amended). 

   Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement dated as of August 12, 2010 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.2 

of the Registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2011). 
Indenture  dated  as  of  December  8,  2015,  between  Registrant  and  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National  Association,  as  trustee
(including form of Note) (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with 
the SEC on December 8, 2015). 
Inphi Corporation 2000 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (as amended on June 2, 2010) and related form stock option plan 
agreements (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 filed with Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-167564), 
as amended). 
Inphi Corporation 2010 Stock Incentive Plan and related form agreements (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the 
Registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2011). 
Form  of  Indemnification  Agreement  between  the  Registrant  and  its  officers  and  directors  (incorporated  by  reference  to
exhibit 10.3 filed with Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-167564), as amended). 

10.4+ 

   Offer letter dated December 10, 2007 between John Edmunds and the Registrant, as amended (incorporated by reference to

10.5+ 

exhibit 10.6 to filed with Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-167564), as amended). 
Change  of  Control  and  Severance  Agreement  dated  June  8,  2010,  by  and  between  John  Edmunds  and  the  Registrant
(incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibit  10.7  filed  with  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  (File  No.  333-167564),  as 
amended). 

10.6+ 

   Offer letter dated October 3, 2007 between Ron Torten and the Registrant, as amended (incorporated by reference to exhibit

10.8 filed with Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-167564), as amended). 

10.7+ 

   Offer letter dated February 1, 2012 between Ford Tamer and the Registrant (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the

10.8+ 

10.9+ 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 3, 2012). 
Change  of  Control  and  Severance  Agreement  dated  February  1,  2012  by  and  between  Ford  Tamer  and  the  Registrant
(incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February
3, 2012). 
Change of Control and Severance Agreement dated September 4, 2012, by and between Charlie Roach and the Registrant
(incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 1O-Q for the three months ended 
September 30, 2012). 
Lease  Agreement  dated  June  4,  2010,  by  and  between  the  Registrant  and  LBA  Realty  Fund  III—Company  VII,  LLC 
(incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibit  10.12  filed  with  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  (File  No.  333-167564),  as 
amended). 
Lease  Agreement  dated  September  20,  2012,  by  and  between  the  Registrant  and  Bayland  Corporation  (incorporated  by
reference  to exhibit  10.2  of  the Registrant’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  1O-Q  for  the three  months ended  September  30,
2012). 
Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated September 30, 2012, by and between the Registrant and LBA Realty Fund
III—Company VII, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 1O-Q for 
the three months ended September 30, 2012). 

81 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
10.13+ 

   Amended  and  Restated  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  exhibit  10.1  of  the  Registrant’s

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

21.1 

Quarterly Report on Form 1O-Q for the three months ended June 30, 2015). 
Base  Capped  Call  Confirmation  dated  December  2,  2015,  by  and  between  Registrant  and  Morgan  Stanley  &  Co.  LLC
(incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December
8, 2015). 
Base Capped Call Confirmation dated December 2, 2015, by and between Registrant and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National
Association, London Branch (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
with the SEC on December 8, 2015). 

   Additional Capped Call Confirmation dated December 4, 2015, by and between Registrant and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
(incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December
8, 2015). 

   Additional Capped Call Confirmation dated December 4, 2015, between Registrant and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National
Association, London Branch (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
with the SEC on December 8, 2015). 
List of Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number filed with Registration Statement on Form
S-1 (File No. 333-167564), as amended). 
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. 
Power of Attorney (see page 80 of this report). 
Certificate of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350).
Certificate of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350).
Certificate of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350).
Certificate of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350).

23.1 
24.1 
31.1 
31.2 
32.1(1) 
32.2(1) 
101.INS     XBRL Instance Document 
101.SCH     XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 
101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase 
101.DEF     XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase 
101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase 
101.PRE     XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase 

+ 

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan. 

(1)      The material contained in Exhibit 32.1 and Exhibit 32.2 is not deemed “filed” with the SEC and is not to be incorporated by reference 
into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, whether made before or after the 
date  hereof  and  irrespective  of  any  general  incorporation  language  contained  in  such  filing,  except  to  the  extent  that  the  registrant 
specifically incorporates it by reference. 

82 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
®

®

®

We Move Big Data Faster